WO2023145759A1 - Hydroponic panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed - Google Patents

Hydroponic panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023145759A1
WO2023145759A1 PCT/JP2023/002197 JP2023002197W WO2023145759A1 WO 2023145759 A1 WO2023145759 A1 WO 2023145759A1 JP 2023002197 W JP2023002197 W JP 2023002197W WO 2023145759 A1 WO2023145759 A1 WO 2023145759A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
panel
hydroponic cultivation
rib
hydroponics
hydroponic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/002197
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
秀治 鳥井
素晴 藤井
稔 藤田
正章 末岡
義典 本橋
Original Assignee
キョーラク株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2022013230A external-priority patent/JP2023111392A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022057798A external-priority patent/JP2023149298A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022104457A external-priority patent/JP2024004701A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022191725A external-priority patent/JP2023172852A/en
Application filed by キョーラク株式会社 filed Critical キョーラク株式会社
Publication of WO2023145759A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023145759A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01GHORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING
    • A01G31/00Soilless cultivation, e.g. hydroponics
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/02Combined blow-moulding and manufacture of the preform or the parison
    • B29C49/04Extrusion blow-moulding
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C51/00Shaping by thermoforming, i.e. shaping sheets or sheet like preforms after heating, e.g. shaping sheets in matched moulds or by deep-drawing; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C51/10Forming by pressure difference, e.g. vacuum
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P60/00Technologies relating to agriculture, livestock or agroalimentary industries
    • Y02P60/20Reduction of greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions in agriculture, e.g. CO2
    • Y02P60/21Dinitrogen oxide [N2O], e.g. using aquaponics, hydroponics or efficiency measures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a hydroponic cultivation panel, a hydroponic cultivation panel manufacturing method, a hydroponic cultivation panel system, and a hydroponic cultivation bed.
  • Patent Literature 1 discloses a hydroponics panel that is provided with a plurality of fixed planting holes into which seedbed members with plants are inserted and that floats on the surface of the nutrient solution.
  • Each planting hole provided in this hydroponics panel has a recess opening on the upper surface side of the panel and a recessed groove opening on the lower surface side of the panel.
  • the concave groove is concave toward the nutrient solution surface side, and a space surrounded by the nutrient solution and the concave groove is formed around the seedbed member inserted into the planting hole. Air is supplied to the roots of the plant, and the growth of the plant is promoted.
  • Patent Literature 1 discloses a hydroponics panel provided with a hole into which a cultivated product, which is constructed by planting a plant in a nursery member, is inserted.
  • Patent Document 1 a plurality of panels are floated in series along the longitudinal direction of the aquarium tray on a nutrient solution of an elongated aquarium tray, plant seedlings are planted at one end of the aquarium tray, and the panels are placed at the other end.
  • a technique is disclosed in which a plant is grown while moving toward the other end and the grown plant is harvested at the other end.
  • Patent Literature 2 discloses a plant cultivation unit that includes a resin sheet, a frame that supports the resin sheet in a bent state, and a partition wall.
  • a cultivation solution nutrient solution
  • a partition wall In this plant cultivation unit, a cultivation solution (nutrient solution) or the like is introduced into a rectangular parallelepiped (substantially concave) water storage portion formed by a resin sheet and a partition wall to perform hydroponic cultivation.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and a hydroponic cultivation panel that can promote the growth of plants while ensuring the strength of the panel, and a method for manufacturing such a hydroponic cultivation panel. It provides
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and provides a hydroponic cultivation panel that can suppress the dropping of cultivated products from holes.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances. To provide a hydroponics panel capable of suppressing riding on.
  • the water storage portion is made up of a resin sheet, so the durability of the water storage portion is lacking. Moreover, when cleaning the water storage part, it was necessary to remove the resin sheet from the frame. Furthermore, when performing hydroponics, it was necessary to provide a channel for flowing air, water, etc., as a separate member from the water storage portion. For this reason, maintenance of various members for performing hydroponics was difficult.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and aims to provide a bed for hydroponic cultivation that is excellent in durability and easy to maintain.
  • a hydroponic cultivation panel provided with a plurality of holes, wherein the holes are an upper surface side opening opening on the upper surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel into which a plant is inserted; a lower surface side opening that communicates with the upper surface side opening and opens to the lower surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel and has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface side;
  • the upper surface side opening is formed by bending a portion of the upper surface toward the inside, and the lower surface side opening is formed by bending a portion of the lower surface toward the inside.
  • a hydroponics panel is provided, wherein the upper surface side is formed of a non-foam material.
  • a method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel having a plurality of holes in which a first molten resin sheet is placed in a first mold and a second molten resin sheet is placed in a second mold. and a welding step of clamping the first mold and the second mold to weld the first molten resin sheet and the second molten resin sheet, wherein the arranging step comprises:
  • the first mold is provided with a projecting portion whose outer surface gradually expands in diameter toward the first mold, and the first molten resin sheet is arranged on the surface including the projecting portion.
  • a method for manufacturing a hydroponic cultivation panel is provided, wherein the hole is provided at a position overlapping the protrusion of the first molten resin sheet.
  • a hydroponic cultivation panel and a method for manufacturing a hydroponic cultivation panel that can promote the growth of plants while ensuring the strength of the panel.
  • the lower surface side opening is formed in multiple stages in such a manner that the inclination angle with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel gradually decreases toward the lower surface side. incline.
  • an upper surface side sheet provided on the upper surface side and a lower surface side sheet provided on the lower surface side are attached to each other, and the lower surface side opening is formed by: A portion of the lower surface side sheet is formed by bending toward the inside.
  • the upper surface side opening is tapered so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the upper surface side.
  • a hydroponics panel wherein a hole into which a cultivated product is inserted is provided in the panel so as to penetrate the panel in the vertical direction, and an annular base surface is provided in the hole. and an upper side surface extending from an outer edge of said base surface toward said upper surface, said base surface and said upper side surface being non-parallel.
  • the hole is provided with a lower side surface extending from an inner edge of the base surface toward the lower surface, and the base surface and the lower side surface is between 20 and 90 degrees, panel.
  • the lower side surface is a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the lower surface.
  • a method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel comprising an arranging step, a molding step, and a post-processing step, wherein the arranging step includes first and second molds that can be opened and closed with each other in an open state. , placing the parison between first and second molds, the first mold comprising a first rib, the second mold comprising a second rib, the first and second ribs facing each other and the diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the first rib is larger than the diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the second rib, and in the molding step, the With the parison arranged, the first and second molds are closed and the first and second ribs are butted against each other to weld the facing inner surfaces of the parison to form a welded portion.
  • the annular surface is provided on both the tip surface of the first rib and the tip surface of the second rib, and the width of the annular surface of the first rib is greater than the width of the annular surface of the second rib.
  • an annular base surface and a non-parallel upper side surface are provided in the hole of the panel.
  • a panel for hydroponic cultivation wherein the panel has a left side and a right side, and the left side has a lower protruding portion in which the lower side of the left side protrudes more than the upper side, and the left side of the left side.
  • the right side has a lower protrusion where the lower side of the right side protrudes more than the upper side, and an upper protrusion where the upper side of the right side protrudes more than the lower side.
  • the left side includes a pair of the upper protrusions, and on the left side, the lower protrusion is located between the pair of the upper protrusions.
  • said right side surface comprises a pair of said lower protrusions, and on said right side surface said upper protrusion is disposed between said pair of said lower protrusions.
  • the left side surface and the right side surface are each provided with the convex portion at a portion adjacent to the concave portion and the convex portion in the thickness direction. and a flat portion extending over the concave portion, wherein the flat portion on the left side and the flat portion on the right side are provided at positions opposed to each other in the left-right direction.
  • the panel according to any one of (1) to (3) wherein the panel does not have a point-symmetrical shape.
  • a hydroponic panel system configured by arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels in series, the plurality of hydroponic panels comprising a left panel and a right panel adjacent to each other,
  • the left panel and the right panel are panels according to any one of (1) to (5), respectively, and the upper projecting portion of the right side surface of the left panel is the left side surface of the right panel. and the lower protrusion of the right side of the left panel is positioned below the upper protrusion of the left side of the right panel Overlapping, panel system.
  • the upper protrusion on the right side of the left panel is arranged above the lower protrusion on the left side of the right panel. Overlap such that the lower protrusion on the right side of the left panel is positioned below the upper protrusion on the left side of the right panel. Therefore, relative movement of two adjacent panels in the vertical direction is suppressed. Therefore, when moving a plurality of panels arranged in series by pushing another panel with the panel arranged at the end, it is possible to prevent one panel from running over the adjacent panel.
  • a bed for hydroponic cultivation is provided with a substantially concave main body in which liquid is stored, the main body having a hollow interior, and having a flow path through which fluid flows in a part of the interior. provided.
  • the body portion is provided by a plurality of connection units connected in a first direction, and each of the plurality of connection units includes a substantially rectangular bottom plate portion and a side plate portion rising from an edge of the bottom plate portion. and at least one side in the first direction is opened in the first direction.
  • each of the plurality of connection units has a fitting portion on the open side, and is connected by fitting the fitting portions of two adjacent connection units together.
  • the flow path is provided at a rising tip portion of the side plate portion rising from each of the edges on both sides of the edge in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and the flow path is provided along the first direction.
  • the air passage includes an air passage for sending the air, and the air passage has an outlet for blowing out the air flowing in the air passage to the bottom plate portion side.
  • the channel includes a water channel that is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the side plate portion of the bottom plate portion rises and that feeds water, and the water channel has both ends thereof for supplying water to the water channel. It has an inlet for introducing.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 1 is a side view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment
  • FIG. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in the long-side direction, and is a cross-sectional view of the III-III cross section in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in the short side direction, and is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG. 1; It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the hydroponics panel which concerns on 1st Embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 1 is a side view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a cross
  • FIG. 4 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a hole in the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in which a plant is inserted;
  • 7A and 7B are cross-sectional views showing an arrangement step in the manufacturing process of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment.
  • 8A and 8B are cross-sectional views showing welding steps in the manufacturing process of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment. It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the hydroponics panel which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the panel for hydroponic cultivation which concerns on 3rd Embodiment.
  • FIG. 11A is a perspective view of a hydroponics panel 310 according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 11B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 11A
  • 12A is a cross-sectional view passing through the center of the hydroponics panel 310 in FIG. 11A in the short direction
  • FIG. 12B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG.
  • FIG. 12C is a cross-sectional view corresponding to FIG. 12B showing a state in which the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 with the object 304 inserted therein is floating on the nutrient solution 309;
  • FIG. 12A is a perspective view of a hydroponics panel 310 according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 11B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 11A
  • 12A is a cross-sectional view passing through the center of the hydroponics panel 310 in FIG. 11A in the short direction
  • FIG. 12B is an enlarged view of
  • FIG. 12B shows the structure of the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 in detail, and in other figures, the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 is shown in a more simplified manner than in FIG. 12B.
  • 3 is a sectional view showing a state after first and second resin sheets 305a and 305b are arranged as a parison 305 between a first mold 321 and a second mold 322; FIG. In FIGS. 13 to 20, for convenience of illustration, lines indicating parts deeper than the cross section are omitted.
  • 14A is a cross-sectional view of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a extracted from FIG. 13, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a of FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after forming a first resin sheet 305a and a second resin sheet 305b with a first mold 321 and a second mold 322 from the state of FIG. 14;
  • 16 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed from the state of FIG. 15;
  • FIG. 17A is a cross-sectional view of a portion near the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a extracted from FIG. 16, and
  • FIG. 17B shows a state in which the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are removed from FIG.
  • FIG. 17C shows the state after removing the welded portion 307 from FIG.
  • FIGS. 18A to 18C correspond to FIGS. 17A to 17C, respectively, and show states in which the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced.
  • 19A-19C correspond to FIGS. 17A-17C, respectively, and show a comparative example in which the outer edges 321h, 322h of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are aligned.
  • FIGS. 20A, 20B, and 20D correspond to FIGS.
  • FIG. 19A to 19C show the comparative example in which the outer edges 321h and 322h of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are aligned. This shows a state in which the center positions C1 and C2 of the two ribs 322a are displaced.
  • 20C is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 20B
  • FIG. 20E is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 20D.
  • Fig. 21A is a perspective view seen from the front side
  • Fig. 21B is a perspective view seen from the back side.
  • a hydroponics panel system 413 of the first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown
  • FIG. 22A is a perspective view seen from the front side
  • FIG. 22A is a perspective view seen from the front side
  • FIG. 22B is a perspective view seen from the back side.
  • . 23A and 23B are sectional views taken along lines AA and BB in FIG. 22A, respectively.
  • Fig. 24A shows a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention
  • Fig. 24B is a perspective view of the back side.
  • a hydroponics panel system 413 of a second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown
  • FIG. 25A is a perspective view seen from the front side
  • FIG. 25B is a perspective view seen from the back side.
  • Fig. 26A shows a perspective view of a hydroponics panel 410 according to a third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 26B is a perspective view of the back side.
  • a hydroponics panel system 413 of a third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 27A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 27B is a perspective view seen from the back side.
  • . 28A and 28B are cross-sectional views taken along lines AA and BB in FIG. 27A, respectively.
  • Fig. 29A shows a perspective view of a hydroponic cultivation panel 410 according to a fourth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, and Fig. 29B is a perspective view of the back side.
  • 30A is a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of FIG. 29A as seen diagonally from the lower left, and FIG.
  • FIG. 30B is a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of FIG. 29A as seen diagonally from the lower right.
  • a hydroponics panel system 413 of a fourth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 31A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 31B is a perspective view seen from the back side.
  • 32A and 32B are sectional views taken along line AA and line BB in FIG. 31A, respectively.
  • 33A and 33B are cross-sectional views of portions corresponding to cross sections AA and BB in FIG. 22 in the hydroponic cultivation panel system 413 of the fifth embodiment of the third aspect.
  • Fig. 34A shows a hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of a sixth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, Fig.
  • FIG. 34A is a perspective view seen from the front side
  • Fig. 34B is an enlarged view of region B in Fig. 34A
  • 34C is a perspective view seen from the back side
  • FIG. 34D is an enlarged view of region D in FIG. 34C
  • 35A is a plan view of two hydroponic cultivation panels 410 of FIG. 34 arranged side by side
  • FIG. 35B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 35A.
  • the engaging recess 402f, the base recess 402g, and the engaging wall 402h cannot be visually recognized from above, but in FIG. 35, these configurations are illustrated by dotted lines for convenience.
  • FIG. 36A is a cross-sectional view of the same area as FIG.
  • FIG. 36B shows a state in which the right panel 412 is shifted obliquely downward with respect to the left panel 411 from the state in FIG. 36A.
  • FIG. 37A shows the state after the right panel 412 is brought closer to the left panel 411 while being guided by the guide structure 410c from the state of FIG. 36B.
  • FIG. 37B shows a state in which the right panel 412 is shifted upward with respect to the left panel 411 from the state in FIG. 37A.
  • FIG. 37B is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a hydroponic cultivation bed according to an embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which each connection unit constituting the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment is separated; It is the perspective view which looked at the intermediate
  • FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a fitting mode of adjacent connection units in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VV in FIG. 39.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a fitting mode of adjacent connection units in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which each connection unit is connected by a hose member in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment, viewed from the bottom side.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is a panel-shaped member having a rectangular shape in a plan view, and is used for hydroponic cultivation by being floated on a nutrient solution.
  • the hydroponics panel 10 has a dimension in the short side direction of, for example, 60 cm, a dimension in the long side direction of, for example, 90 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 3 cm.
  • the short side direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 will be described as the front-rear direction, and the long side direction as the left-right direction.
  • a plurality of holes 20 are regularly provided at predetermined intervals in the hydroponics panel 10 . These holes 20 penetrate in the vertical direction and open on the upper surface 10a side and the lower surface 10b side of the hydroponics panel 10 (see FIG. 2). A plant to be hydroponically cultivated is inserted into each hole 20 from the upper surface 10 a side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 .
  • handles 12 which are recessed in a concave shape and serve as a grip portion when carrying the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 are provided at four locations near the edges in the front, rear, left, and right directions of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 .
  • the hydroponics panel 10 is formed by bonding two sheet-like members together. These two sheet-like members are not formed by inflating foamed beads such as styrofoam, but are formed of a non-foamed material. Specifically, the hydroponics panel 10 is formed by bonding and welding an upper surface side sheet 30 and a lower surface side sheet 40 each made of hard plastic. By forming the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 from a high-strength material such as hard plastic in this manner, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be washed more easily than a panel formed from expanded polystyrene or the like. . When the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is used for hydroponics, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is floated on the nutrient solution N so that the bottom sheet 40 side is immersed in the nutrient solution N (see FIG. 6).
  • each hole 20 has a substantially V-shaped cross section, and the opening diameter gradually increases toward the lower surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 .
  • Each hole 20 provided in the hydroponics panel 10 has the same shape and size.
  • the space between the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40 is hollow. That is, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 has an annular portion, which is the outer peripheral edge, welded between the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40, and the inside is hollow. A portion of each hole 20 is provided in the upper surface side sheet 30 and the remaining portion is provided in the lower surface side sheet 40 .
  • each hole 20 penetrates in the vertical direction, and the upper side opening 32 provided in the upper side sheet 30 and the lower side opening 42 provided in the lower side sheet 40 It is configured by communicating with That is, the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by bending a part of the upper surface side sheet 30 toward the inside of the hollow hydroponic cultivation panel 10 , and the lower surface side opening 42 is formed by bending the lower surface side sheet 40 . A portion thereof is formed by bending toward the inside of the hydroponics panel 10 .
  • the upper surface side opening 32 is opened on the upper surface 10a side of the hydroponics panel 10, and has a tapered shape that gradually increases in diameter toward the upper surface 10a side.
  • the lower surface side opening 42 is opened on the lower surface 10b side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, and is inclined in two stages in a form that gradually expands in diameter from a portion communicating with the upper surface side opening 32 toward the lower surface 10b side. It has a tapered shape.
  • the lower surface side opening 42 includes a first tapered portion 42a that continues from the upper surface side opening 32, and a second tapered portion 42b that continues from the first tapered portion 42a and has a gentler inclination angle than the first tapered portion 42a. have. Therefore, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 10 (the width between the first tapered portion 42a and the upper surface 10a) is thin at the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ 1 of the first tapered portion 42a with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponics panel 10 is within the range of 20 to 90 degrees, preferably It is in the range of 40-90 degrees.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ 2 of the second tapered portion 42b with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponics panel 10 is set to be smaller than the inclination angle ⁇ 1 of the first tapered portion 42a, and is within the range of 0 to 30 degrees, preferably. It is in the range of 10-20 degrees.
  • the opening diameter D2 of the lower opening 42 is larger than the opening diameter D1 of the upper opening 32 (for example, the opening diameter D1 is 25 mm and the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm).
  • plugs 50 such as sponges carrying plants P are fitted into the upper openings 32 of the holes 20, as shown in FIG. That is, the plug 50 is held in the upper opening 32 .
  • the holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 depends on the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 at the portion where the first tapered portion 42a connected to the upper opening 32 is provided.
  • the upper surface side sheet 30 is preferably white
  • the lower surface side sheet 40 is preferably black. Since the white sheet has a high reflectance of sunlight, sunlight is efficiently reflected by the upper surface side sheet 30, and sufficient sunlight can be supplied to the plants P. On the other hand, since the black sheet has a low transmittance of sunlight, it is possible to prevent sunlight from penetrating through the lower surface side sheet 40 and reaching the nutrient solution N, and algae and the like grow on the nutrient solution N. can be suppressed.
  • the ratio of both is 1 ⁇ W2/W1 ⁇ 4, preferably 1.05 ⁇ W2/W1 ⁇ 3. If the ratio of the two is greater than 4, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the portion where the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is thin increases. strength decreases. Therefore, by setting the ratio of the two to 4 or less, it is possible to secure strength when the stopper 50 is held in the upper opening 32 .
  • the widths W1 and W2, the vertical width (vertical dimension) W3 of the upper surface side opening 32, and the vertical width (vertical dimension) W4 of the lower surface side opening 42 are 0.2 ⁇ ( A relational expression of W1+W2)/(W3+W4) ⁇ 0.9 holds, preferably 0.3 ⁇ (W1+W2)/(W3+W4) ⁇ 0.6. If the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 is less than 0.2, the space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the bottom side opening 42 becomes narrow, and the growth of the plant P cannot be promoted sufficiently.
  • the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 is greater than 0.9, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the strength of holding the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 decreases.
  • the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 within the above range, the growth of the plant P can be promoted and the holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 can be increased.
  • the vertical widths W3 and W4 satisfy a relational expression of 1 ⁇ W4/W3 ⁇ 10, preferably 3 ⁇ W4/W3 ⁇ 7. If the ratio of the two is smaller than 3, the space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 becomes narrow, and the growth of the plant P cannot be promoted sufficiently. On the other hand, if the ratio of the two is greater than 7, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the strength of holding the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 decreases. By setting the ratio between the two within the above range, it is possible to promote the growth of the plant P and enhance the holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 .
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is formed by a resin molding device 60 .
  • the resin molding apparatus 60 includes two resin supply apparatuses arranged opposite to each other, and molds the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a (see FIG. 7).
  • a first mold 61 and a second mold 62 are arranged outside the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a molded by the resin molding apparatus 60, respectively.
  • the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 are arranged to face each other. Molds 63 and 64 are provided on the outer peripheries of the first mold 61 and the second mold 62, respectively.
  • the first mold 61 is provided with a vacuum pump (not shown) that decompresses the space surrounded by the cavity 61 a of the first mold 61 .
  • the second mold 62 is also provided with a vacuum pump (not shown) for depressurizing the space enclosed in the cavity 62a of the second mold 62.
  • the upper sheet 30 is molded in the cavity 61 a of the first mold 61 and the lower sheet 40 is molded in the cavity 62 a of the second mold 62 .
  • pin heads having substantially the same shape as the openings of the upper surface side openings 32 are provided at positions corresponding to the upper surface side openings 32 of the upper surface side sheet 30 after molding.
  • a first pin (protruding portion) 71 is provided, the pin shaft portion of which is inserted into the cavity 61a. That is, the pin head portion of the first pin 71 has a tapered shape in which the outer surface of the first pin 71 slopes toward the cavity 61 a side of the first mold 61 so as to gradually increase in diameter.
  • pin heads having substantially the same shape as the openings of the lower openings 42 are provided at positions corresponding to the lower openings 42 of the lower sheet 40 after molding.
  • a second pin (protrusion) 72 is provided which is shaped and has a pin shank inserted into the cavity 62a. That is, the pin head portion of the second pin 72 has a tapered shape in which the outer surface of the second pin 72 is tapered in two stages in a manner that the diameter thereof gradually increases toward the cavity 62a side of the second mold 62 .
  • the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are suspended between the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 by the resin supply device.
  • the mold 63 is moved toward the first molten resin sheet 30a and brought into contact with the sheet surface of the first molten resin sheet 30a.
  • the mold 64 is moved toward the second molten resin sheet 40a and brought into contact with the sheet surface of the second molten resin sheet 40a.
  • the mold 63 and the first mold 61 are brought relatively close to each other, and the space formed by the first molten resin sheet 30a, the cavity 61a, and the mold 63 is decompressed.
  • the first molten resin sheet 30a is placed in the cavity 61a of the first mold 61 and shaped.
  • the mold 64 and the second mold 62 are brought relatively close to each other, and the space formed by the second molten resin sheet 40a, the cavity 62a, and the mold 64 is decompressed to obtain the second molten resin.
  • the sheet 40a is placed in the cavity 62a of the second mold 62 and shaped (placement step).
  • the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by the first pin 71 at a position overlapping the first pin 71 in the first molten resin sheet 30a arranged in the cavity 61a.
  • the second pin 72 forms a lower surface side opening 42 at a position overlapping the second pin 72 in the second molten resin sheet 40a arranged in the cavity 62a.
  • the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by bending a portion of the first molten resin sheet 30a into a shape and bending toward the inside of the manufactured hydroponic cultivation panel 10
  • the lower surface side opening 42 is formed by A portion of the second molten resin sheet 40a is shaped and bent toward the inside of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 after manufacturing.
  • a first mold 61 with a first molten resin sheet 30a formed in a cavity 61a and a second mold with a second molten resin sheet 40a formed in a cavity 62a The dies 62 are brought relatively close to each other, and the dies are clamped until the annular pinch-off portions 61b and 62b come into contact with each other. As a result, the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are welded to each other along the pinch-off portions 61b and 62b of the outer periphery, and sandwiched between the first pin 71 and the second pin 72. Some parts are welded together (welding process), and other parts are hollow between the two. After that, the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 are opened, and the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a welded to each other are taken out.
  • the first molten resin sheet 30a removed from the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 becomes the upper surface side sheet 30, and the second molten resin sheet 40a becomes the lower surface side sheet 40.
  • the upper surface side opening 32 formed in the first molten resin sheet 30a and the lower surface side opening 42 formed in the second molten resin sheet 40a are not communicated with each other, and the boundary portion between the two is not communicated.
  • a joint J is formed in which the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are welded and joined. Therefore, the holes 20 in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 are provided by cutting off the joints J and connecting the upper openings 32 and the lower openings 42 . According to the above procedure, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment can be manufactured.
  • the plants P are held in the upper surface side openings 32 of the holes 20 formed by bending a part of the upper surface side sheet 30 inward.
  • a plug body 50 can be fitted.
  • a lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 formed by bending a part of the lower surface side sheet 40 inward has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface 10b side. Therefore, in each hole 20, the width between the lower surface side opening 42 and the upper surface 10a can be increased compared to the case where the inner surface of the opening has a shape that spreads in the horizontal direction, and the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 thickness can be sufficiently secured.
  • the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40 are made of hard plastic, which is a non-foaming material, and the inside is hollow, thereby reducing the weight. While achieving the above, it is possible to ensure a higher rigidity than that of foamed polystyrene or the like. As a result, sufficient strength of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be ensured even in the portions where the holes 20 are provided, and the load applied to the holes 20 by the growth of the plant P supported by the plugs 50 is increased. The durability of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be maintained even when the height increases.
  • the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface 10b side.
  • a wide space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 can be secured around the plug 50 while floating on the liquid N. Therefore, the roots of the plant P can be supplied with sufficient air, and the growth of the plant P can be effectively promoted.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment can promote the growth of the plant P while ensuring the strength of the panel.
  • the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 is inclined in multiple stages in such a manner that the inclination angle with respect to the normal line direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 gradually decreases toward the lower surface side.
  • the lower surface side opening 42 has a shape in which the diameter gradually expands toward the lower surface 10b side while ensuring the thickness between the upper surface 10a of the hydroponics panel 10 and the first tapered portion 42a. It is possible to provide a specific configuration for
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is formed by bonding together an upper surface side sheet 30 provided on the upper surface 10a side and a lower surface side sheet 40 provided on the lower surface 10b side. A part of 40 is formed by bending inward. According to this configuration, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 formed by bonding two sheets together, a wide space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 is secured around the plug 50. can provide a specific configuration of
  • the lower surface side opening 42 is inclined in two stages having a first tapered portion 42a continuing from the upper surface side opening 32 and a second tapered portion 42b continuing from the first tapered portion 42a. It is tapered, and the inclination angle ⁇ 1 of the first tapered portion 42a with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is 60 degrees. According to this configuration, the first tapered portion for expanding the diameter of the opening toward the lower surface 10b side while ensuring the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 in the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided. An optimal tilt angle of 42a can be provided.
  • the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 is tapered so that the diameter gradually increases toward the upper surface 10 a of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 .
  • the plug 50 carrying the plant P can be easily fitted into the upper surface side opening 32. can.
  • the method for manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is a method for manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 provided with a plurality of holes 20, in which the first molten resin sheet 30a is 61 and placing the second molten resin sheet 40a in the second mold 62; and a welding step of welding the resin sheet 40a.
  • the hole 20 is provided at the position overlapping the first pin 71 of the first molten resin sheet 30a.
  • the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are molded by the resin molding apparatus 60 using a material such as hard plastic, which is superior in strength to styrofoam.
  • the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a can be shaped along the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 in the placement step.
  • the position of the first molten resin sheet 30a that overlaps the first pin 71 is shaped along the outer surface of the pin head portion of the first pin 71, and the lower surface side opening is formed into a shape that gradually expands in diameter.
  • Portion 42 is formed as part of hole 20 in hydroponic panel 10 after manufacture.
  • the outer peripheral edges of the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a and the space between the upper surface side opening 32 and the lower surface side opening 42 are formed in such a manner that the space between the two is hollow. can be welded.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be manufactured by forming the hole 20 to communicate between the upper surface side opening 32 and the lower surface side opening 42 .
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 capable of promoting the growth of the plant P while ensuring the strength of the panel is made of a material having excellent strength. can be manufactured using
  • the hydroponics panel according to the second embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the shape of each hole 120 .
  • the opening diameter D3 of the lower surface side opening 142 of each hole 120 is made larger than the opening diameter D2 of the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment.
  • the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm and the opening diameter D3 is 58 mm.
  • the opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 132 of each hole 120 is the same size as the opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ 3 of the first tapered portion 142a with respect to the normal line direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel is the same as the inclination of the first tapered portion 42a in the first embodiment for the lower surface side opening 142 of each hole 120.
  • the angle is set to be larger than the angle ⁇ 1 (for example, 60 degrees).
  • each hole 120 has the shape described above, compared to the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment, The space surrounded by the lower surface side opening 142 can be widened. Therefore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the second embodiment can promote the growth of the plant P more effectively while ensuring the strength of the panel.
  • the hydroponics panel according to the third embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the shape of each hole 220 .
  • the opening diameter D4 of the upper surface side opening 232 of each hole 220 is made larger than the opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment.
  • the opening diameter D1 is 25 mm and the opening diameter D4 is 43 mm.
  • the opening diameter D5 of the lower surface side opening 242 of each hole 220 is set larger than the opening diameter D2 of the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 22 in the first embodiment (for example, the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm, and the opening diameter D5 is 47 mm.
  • Aperture D5 is 63 mm).
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment has a larger plug than the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment because each hole 220 has the shape described above. Since the body can be fitted into the upper opening 232, various plants can be accommodated. Furthermore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment can widen the space surrounded by the nutrient solution and the lower surface side opening 242 compared to the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment. Therefore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment can promote the growth of various plants P more effectively while ensuring the strength of the panel.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible without departing from the gist thereof.
  • the size, arrangement, shape, etc. of each hole provided in the hydroponics panel can be changed as appropriate.
  • the lower opening gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface of the hydroponic panel, but the lower opening is the lower surface of the hydroponic panel.
  • a configuration may be adopted in which the diameter is gradually increased in an arc shape toward the side.
  • Embodiments of the second aspect of the present invention will be described below. Various features shown in the embodiments shown below can be combined with each other. In addition, the invention is established independently for each feature.
  • Hydroponics panel 310 A hydroponic cultivation panel 310 according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention shown in FIGS. 11 and 12 is used for hydroponic cultivation by being floated on a nutrient solution 309 as shown in FIG. 12C. .
  • the hydroponics panel 310 is preferably made of a hollow resin molding.
  • the hydroponics panel 310 has a substantially rectangular shape, with a short side dimension of, for example, 20 to 60 cm, a long side dimension of, for example, 50 to 100 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 20 to 40 mm.
  • the dimensions in the short side direction are, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 cm, and are within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too.
  • the dimension in the long side direction is, for example, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 cm. may be within Specifically, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 310 is, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here.
  • a hole 320 into which a cultivated object 304 is inserted is provided in the hydroponic panel 310 so as to penetrate the hydroponic panel 310 in the vertical direction.
  • the cultivated product 304 is preferably constructed by planting a plant P in the plug 350 so that it can be easily held in the hole 320 .
  • the plug 350 is preferably elastically deformable and absorbent, such as sponge. The elastic force of the plug 350 allows the plug 350 to be pressed against the inner surface of the hole 320 to hold the cultivated matter 304 in the hole 320 .
  • a plurality of holes 320 are provided in the hydroponics panel 310, and the plurality of holes 320 are preferably provided regularly.
  • the interval between adjacent holes 320 is preferably 50 mm or more, for example. This interval is, for example, 50 to 150 mm, specifically, for example, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 mm, any of the numerical values exemplified here It may range between the two or any more.
  • the hole 320 has an opening diameter D1 of, for example, 20 to 40 mm on the upper surface 310a side, and an opening diameter D2 of, for example, 30 to 70 mm on the lower surface 310b side.
  • opening diameter and “diameter” mean equivalent circle diameters.
  • D1 is specifically, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here.
  • D2 is, for example, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here.
  • D2/D1 is, for example, 1.1 to 3.0, specifically, for example, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 , 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • an annular base surface 320a and an upper side surface 320i extending from an outer edge 320f of the base surface 320a toward the upper surface 310a are provided inside the hole 320.
  • the base surface 320a is provided so as to protrude toward the center of the hole 320 from the lower edge of the upper side surface 320i. Therefore, when the plug 350 is inserted into the hole 320 in a compressed state, the plug 350 swells in the hole due to the restoring force and is easily held by the base surface 320a in the hole 320 . Therefore, the stopper 350 is prevented from falling out of the hole 320 .
  • part of the plant P may be compressed and inserted into the hole 320 . The following description will be continued by taking as an example the case where the plug body 350 is compressed and inserted into the hole 320 .
  • the base surface 320a is preferably a flat surface, but may be a curved surface.
  • the base surface 320a is preferably parallel to the top surface 310a of the hydroponics panel 310, but may be non-parallel.
  • the angle of the base surface 320a with respect to the upper surface 310a is, for example, -30 to 30 degrees, specifically for example, -30, -25, -20, -15, -10, -5. , 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 degrees, and may range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • the angle when the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a inclines closer to the upper surface 310a than the outer edge 320f is positive.
  • the upper side surface 320i is preferably a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the upper surface 310a.
  • the upper side surface 320i has an inclination angle ⁇ of, for example, 0 to 30 degrees, preferably 5 to 20 degrees, with respect to the normal to the upper surface 310a.
  • the tilt angle ⁇ is, for example, 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 degrees, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here.
  • the base surface 320a and the upper side surface 320i are non-parallel, and the angle ⁇ between the base surface 320a and the upper side surface 320i is, for example, 90-175 degrees, preferably 95-135 degrees.
  • the angle ⁇ is, for example, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175 degrees. may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified in .
  • the opening diameter of the hole 320 is the smallest at the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a.
  • the opening diameter D3 at the inner edge 320b is, for example, 15 to 35 mm, specifically, for example, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 mm, within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. There may be.
  • the diameter D4 of the outer edge 320f of the base surface 320a is, for example, 15.5 to 40 mm, specifically, for example, 15.5, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm. or within a range between the two.
  • the width of the base surface 320a is, for example, 0.5 to 5 mm, preferably 1 to 3 mm.
  • this width is, for example, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 mm. Yes, and may be in a range between any two of the values exemplified here.
  • D1/D3 is, for example, 1.10 to 1.50, specifically, for example, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40 , 1.45, 1.50, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • the distance from the upper surface 310a to the base surface 320a is, for example, 3 to 20 mm, specifically, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20 mm, and is exemplified here. It may be in a range between any two of the numbers given.
  • the hole 320 is preferably provided with a lower side surface 320c extending from the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a toward the lower surface 310b.
  • the angle ⁇ between the base surface 320a and the lower side surface 320c is preferably 20-90 degrees, more preferably 35-75 degrees.
  • the angle ⁇ is, for example, 20, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90 degrees. may be within the range of In this case, since the angle ⁇ is a right angle or an acute angle, the protrusion 320d formed by the base surface 320a and the lower side surface 320c can be easily inserted into the plug 350. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the stopper 350 is further prevented from falling out of the hole 320 .
  • the lower side surface 320c is preferably a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the lower surface 310b. Further, it is preferable that a tapered surface 320e having a smaller inclination angle with respect to the normal line of the lower surface 310b than the lower side surface 320c is provided closer to the lower surface 310b than the lower side surface 320c. As a result, the volume of the hole 320 on the lower surface 310b side becomes larger than the inner edge 320b, and the plug 350 is easily supplied with the nutrient solution and air.
  • ⁇ 1- ⁇ 2 is, for example, 15 to 45 degrees, specifically 15, 20, and 25 degrees. , 30, 35, 40, 45 degrees, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • ⁇ 1 is, for example, 30 to 60 degrees, preferably 40 to 50 degrees.
  • ⁇ 2 is, for example, 5 to 25 degrees, preferably 10 to 20 degrees.
  • a method for manufacturing the hydroponic panel 310 according to one embodiment of the present invention includes an arrangement step, a molding step, and a post-treatment step. Each step will be described below.
  • the first mold 321 has a first rib 321a
  • the second mold 322 has a second rib 322a.
  • the first rib 321a has a shape corresponding to the shape of the portion of the inner surface of the hole 320 closer to the upper surface 310a than the inner edge 320b
  • the second rib 322a is closer to the lower surface 310b than the inner edge 320b. It has a shape corresponding to the shape of the part of Therefore, a recess having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the hole 320 is formed by the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a.
  • the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are arranged to face each other.
  • the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a is larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a.
  • the first rib 321a is preferably detachably fixed to the first base 321b.
  • the first rib 321a can be fixed by inserting the first mounting protrusion 321c into the first mounting hole 321e of the first base 321b. Since the first ribs 321a are detachably fixed to the first base 321b, the number of the first ribs 321a provided on the first mold 321 is variable. Therefore, the number of holes 320 can be easily changed by changing the number of first ribs 321 a according to the specifications of the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 . The description here is the same for the second mold 322 ("first" should be read as “second” and reference numeral "321” should be read as "322").
  • the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a can be integrally formed with the first base 321b and the second base 322b so that they cannot be attached and detached. If the second rib 322a is not integrated with the first base 321b and the second base 322b, the center positions of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are likely to shift. However, the technical significance of applying the present invention is particularly significant when it is not integrated with the first base 321b and the second base 322b and is detachable.
  • the parison 305 can be formed by extruding molten resin through an extrusion head (not shown).
  • the parison 305 may be tubular or sheet-shaped.
  • the parison 305 is composed of, for example, a pair of a first resin sheet 305a and a second resin sheet 305b.
  • the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b are arranged between the first mold 321 and the second mold 322, as shown in FIG.
  • the resin constituting the parison 305 is preferably a thermoplastic resin such as polyolefin.
  • Polyolefins include low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymers and mixtures thereof. be done.
  • Molding Step In the molding step, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed while the parison 305 is placed between the first mold 321 and the second mold 322. By abutting the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a against each other in this state, the opposing inner surfaces of the parison 305 are welded together to form a welded portion 307, and the parison 305 is formed into a panel shape to form a molded body 308.
  • Molding methods include blow molding, vacuum molding, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • the parison 305 is composed of the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b
  • first as shown in FIG.
  • the second resin sheet 305b is vacuum-sucked by the second mold 322 to shape the second resin sheet 305b into a shape along the shaping surface 322f of the second mold 322 .
  • the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed, and the first ribs 321a and the second ribs 322a are butted against each other to form the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305a.
  • the resin sheets 305b are welded together to form the welded portion 307, and the molded body 308 is formed by molding the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b into a panel shape.
  • the welded portion 307 is removed from the compact 308 to form a hole 320 .
  • the removal of the welded portion 307 may be performed in the first mold 321 and the second mold 322, or may be performed after the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are opened and the compact 308 is taken out. .
  • the welded portion 307 is removed along the outer edge 320h of the portion 320g against which the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a is pressed. Thereby, a hole 320 having a shape corresponding to the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g is formed.
  • the welded portion 307 can be removed by cutting the welded portion 307 with a cutter or the like. Since the portion 320g is a thin-walled portion in which the parison 305 is crushed by the tip surfaces 321g and 322g, the welded portion 307 can be easily removed by cutting the welded portion 307 along the portion 320g. can do.
  • various post-treatments such as removal of burrs 305c adhering to molded body 308 are performed to obtain a desired hydroponic cultivation panel 310 as shown in FIGS. 17C and 11 to 12. can.
  • the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a first hit the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b.
  • the other surfaces of the shaping surfaces 321f and 322f are brought into contact with the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b. Therefore, the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b are hardly or not stretched at or near the portions where the tip surfaces 321g and 322g of the first ribs 321a and the second ribs 322a are in contact with each other.
  • the part is shaped by being stretched.
  • the thickness of the side wall of the hole 320 tends to increase, and the thickness in the vicinity of the mating surfaces of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a (near the inner edge 320b) tends to increase particularly.
  • a protruding resin portion 320l shown in FIG. 12B protrudes into the hollow portion of the hydroponics panel 310 due to the resin extruded when the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are butted together. is likely to be formed, and from this point of view as well, the thickness in the vicinity of the inner edge 320b tends to increase. With such a configuration, the strength near the inner edge 320b is increased, and the welding strength between the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b is increased.
  • Such a configuration does not cause any problem if the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are on the same straight line.
  • the center positions C1 and C2 of the second rib 322a may be misaligned, and when the center positions C1 and C2 are misaligned, the outer edges 321h and 322h are also misaligned.
  • a part of the outer edge 320h is provided with a portion (non-thin portion) 320j where the parison 305 is not thinned at the end surfaces 321g and 322g. Then, as shown in FIGS.
  • such a problem is solved by making the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 321a.
  • the outer edge 322h is prevented from protruding outside the outer edge 321h. Therefore, even if the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced, the entire outer edge 320h becomes a thin portion, so that the welded portion 307 can be easily removed along the outer edge 320h. be.
  • the outer edge 322h may protrude from the outer edge 321h.
  • the width between 321h and the outer edge 322h is preferably larger than the maximum value assumed as the shift between the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a. For example, if the deviation between the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a is 1 mm at most, the width between the outer edge 321h and the outer edge 322h may be set to 2 mm, for example.
  • the width between the outer edges 321h and 322h corresponds to the width of the base surface 320a, and the width between the outer edges 321h and 322h is, for example, 0.5 to 5 mm, preferably 1 to 3 mm. Specifically, this width is, for example, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 mm. Yes, and may be in a range between any two of the values exemplified here.
  • At least one of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a and the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a is provided with annular surfaces 321i and 322i.
  • recessed portions 321j and 322j provided inside the annular surfaces 321i and 322i serve as resin reservoirs 323, and the resin reservoirs 323 can accommodate the resin extruded from the portions where the tip surfaces 321g and 322g are butted against each other.
  • the annular surfaces 321i and 322i are preferably provided on both the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a and the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a.
  • the width of the annular surface 321i is preferably greater than the width of the annular surface 322i.
  • the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a is made larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a, and the resin reservoir 323 can be easily enlarged.
  • FIG. 1 A first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 23.
  • FIG. The hydroponics panel 410 of the present embodiment is used for hydroponics by being floated on a nutrient solution.
  • the hydroponics panel 410 has a substantially rectangular shape, with a short side dimension of, for example, 20 to 60 cm, a long side dimension of, for example, 50 to 100 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 2 to 4 cm.
  • the dimensions in the short side direction are, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 cm, and are within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too.
  • the dimension in the long side direction is, for example, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 cm. may be within Specifically, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is, for example, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0 cm. may be within the range of
  • the front, rear, left, and right of the hydroponics panel 410 are defined as shown in FIG. 21A.
  • the short side direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is defined as the horizontal direction, but the front, rear, left, and right may be defined such that the long side direction is the horizontal direction.
  • the front, rear, left, and right are defined by viewing the hydroponic panel 410 from the front side of FIG. may In this case, the front, rear, left, and right in FIG. 21 are switched to the rear, front, right, and left.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is moved in the left-right direction during hydroponic cultivation, but it may be moved from left to right or from right to left.
  • the front-rear direction is a direction perpendicular to the left-right direction.
  • a plurality of holes 420 are regularly provided at predetermined intervals in the hydroponics panel 410 . These holes 420 penetrate in the vertical direction and are open on the upper surface 410 a side and the lower surface 410 b side of the hydroponics panel 410 . A plant to be hydroponically grown is inserted into each hole 420 from the upper surface 410 a side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 .
  • the hydroponics panel 410 has a left side 401 and a right side 402 .
  • the left side surface 401 includes a lower protrusion 401a in which the lower side of the left side 401 protrudes from the upper side, and an upper protrusion 401b in which the upper side of the left side 401 protrudes from the lower side.
  • the right side surface 402 includes a lower protrusion 402a in which the lower side of the right side 402 protrudes from the upper side, and an upper protrusion 402b in which the upper side of the right side 402 protrudes from the lower side.
  • the lower projecting portion 401a of the left side surface 401 and the upper projecting portion 402b of the right side surface 402 are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction.
  • the upper protruding portion 401b of the left side surface 401 and the lower protruding portion 402a of the right side surface 402 are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction.
  • the hydroponic panels 410 can be used to configure a hydroponic panel system 413 by arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 in series in the horizontal direction. Since the hydroponic panels 410 do not have a point-symmetrical shape, when a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 are arranged in series to form a hydroponic panel system 413, the direction of the hydroponic panels 410 is incorrect. is suppressed.
  • the number of hydroponic cultivation panels 410 arranged in series in the horizontal direction is, for example, 5 or more, preferably 5-200. Specifically, this number is, for example, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200. may be within the range.
  • FIG. 23A In the hydroponic panel system 413, if the left side of two hydroponic panels 410 adjacent to each other is the left panel 411 and the right side is the right panel 412, the right side of the left panel 411 is shown in FIG. 23A. 402 overlaps the lower protrusion 402b of the left side 401 of the right panel 412 so as to be positioned above the lower protrusion 401a of the left side 401 of the right panel 412, as shown in FIG. 23B. 402a is positioned below the upper protrusion 401b of the left side 401 of the right panel 412. As shown in FIG.
  • the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are arranged such that the right side 402 of the left panel 411 and the left side 401 of the right panel 412 overlap each other at the overlapping portion 403, and as shown in FIG.
  • the left panel 411 is on the upper side, and as shown in FIG. side. Therefore, relative movement of the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 in the vertical direction is suppressed.
  • the arrangement of the first overlapping portion 403a and the second overlapping portion 403b can be interchanged as appropriate.
  • a second overlapping portion 403b in which the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 401b overlap is provided at the position of the AA section of FIG. 22A, and the upper protruding portion 402b and the lower A first overlapping portion 403a on which the side projecting portion 401a overlaps may be provided.
  • any two adjacent panels can be the left panel 411 and the right panel 412, and the vertical movement of any two adjacent hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is similarly suppressed. Therefore, when moving a plurality of hydroponic cultivation panels 410 arranged in series by pushing the other hydroponic cultivation panel 410 with the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 arranged at the end, one hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is moved. It is possible to prevent the panel 410 from running over the adjacent hydroponics panel 410 . It is preferable that the plurality of hydroponic panels 410 constituting the hydroponic panel system 413 have the same shape. It doesn't have to be.
  • the lengths OL1 and OL2 of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction are, for example, 5 to 50 mm, preferably 10 to 40 mm (18.2 mm in this embodiment). If this length is too short, the suppression of relative movement in the vertical direction between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 tends to be insufficient. Also, if this length is too long, the horizontal dimension of the hydroponics panel 410 alone may become too large. Specifically, this length is, for example, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 mm, and is within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too.
  • OL1/T and OL2/T are, for example, 0.1 to 3, preferably 0.2 to 2, and specifically, for example, 0. .1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 and within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified herein. good too.
  • the left side 401 has a pair of upper protrusions 401b, and the lower protrusion 401a is arranged between the pair of upper protrusions 401b in the front-rear direction.
  • the right side surface 402 includes a pair of lower protrusions 402a, and the upper protrusion 402b of the right side 402 is arranged between the pair of lower protrusions 402a in the front-rear direction.
  • the first overlapping portion 403a is sandwiched between the pair of second overlapping portions 403b, so that the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 move relative to each other in the front-rear direction. is suppressed.
  • the left side surface 401 has an uneven portion 401c in which a concave portion 401ca and a convex portion 401cb are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction.
  • the concave portion 401ca is sandwiched between the pair of convex portions 401cb in the front-rear direction.
  • the left side surface 401 has a flat portion 401d that is flat in a region that extends over the concave portion 401ca and the convex portion 401cb at a portion adjacent to the uneven portion 401c in the thickness direction.
  • the right side surface 402 includes an uneven portion 402c in which a concave portion 402ca and a convex portion 402cb are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction.
  • the convex portion 402cb is sandwiched between the pair of concave portions 401ca in the front-rear direction.
  • the right side surface 402 includes a flat portion 402d that is flat in a region that spans the concave portion 402ca and the convex portion 402cb at a portion adjacent to the uneven portion 402c in the thickness direction.
  • the flat portion 401d and the flat portion 402d are provided at positions opposed to each other in the left-right direction.
  • the convex portion 402cb of the right side surface 402 of the left panel 411 is arranged within the concave portion 401ca of the left side surface 401 of the right panel 412. Further, as shown in FIG. 22B, the flat portion 401d and the flat portion 402d are in contact with each other so that the pressing force can be efficiently transmitted between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412. As shown in FIG. It is preferable that the ratio of the thickness of the uneven portions 401c, 402c and the flat portions 401d, 402d to the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is 0.3 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the thickness of each of the uneven portions 401c, 402c and the flat portions 401d, 402d to the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is, for example, 0.3 to 0.7, and specifically, for example, 0.3. , 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • the tip 402cb3 of the convex portion 402cb preferably does not contact the bottom surface 401ca3 of the concave portion 401ca as shown in FIG. 23A.
  • the tip 401cb3 of the convex portion 401cb does not come into contact with the bottom surface 402ca3 of the concave portion 402ca. That is, it is preferable that a gap is provided between the tip 402cb3 and the bottom surface 401ca3, and a gap is also provided between the tip 401cb3 and the bottom surface 402ca3.
  • the pressing force between the hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is transmitted only by the flat portions 401d and 402d, and it is possible to suppress the pressing force from being transmitted to unintended portions.
  • the recessed portion 401ca is recessed from the flat portion 401d, and the portion below the recessed portion 401ca serves as the lower projecting portion 401a.
  • the convex portion 401cb protrudes from the flat portion 401d, and the convex portion 401cb becomes the upper protruding portion 401b.
  • the recessed portion 402ca is recessed from the flat portion 402d, and the portion below the recessed portion 402ca serves as the lower projecting portion 402a.
  • the convex portion 402cb protrudes from the flat portion 402d, and the convex portion 402cb becomes the upper protruding portion 402b.
  • a side surface 402cb1 of the protrusion 402cb is inclined such that the width of the protrusion 402cb tapers toward the tip.
  • a side surface 401ca1 of the recess 401ca is inclined such that the width of the recess 401ca narrows toward the bottom (bottom in the left-right direction).
  • the lower surfaces 401b2 and 402b2 of the upper protrusions 401b and 402b are inclined toward the tips of the upper protrusions 401b and 402b so as to approach the upper surface 410a.
  • the upper projecting portion 402b is guided upward, making it easier to ride on the lower projecting portion 401a.
  • the upper surfaces 401a2 and 402a2 of the lower protruding portions 401a and 402a are horizontal, but are inclined toward the tips of the lower protruding portions 401a and 402a so as to approach the lower surface 410b.
  • the inclination angle of the upper surfaces 401a2 and 402a2 is preferably less than the inclination angle of the lower surfaces 401b2 and 402b2.
  • the hydroponics panel 410 is preferably a resin hollow molding.
  • the hydroponic panel 410 can be manufactured by blow molding or vacuum forming.
  • Thermoplastic resins such as polyolefins are preferable as resins used for manufacturing the hydroponics panel 410.
  • Polyolefins include low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers. and mixtures thereof. Since the hydroponics panel 410 does not have an undercut shape, it can be easily manufactured by molding using a split mold.
  • FIG. 4 The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
  • the left side surface 401 has two lower protrusions 401a and two upper protrusions 401b, which are arranged alternately.
  • the right side 402 has two lower protrusions 402a and two upper protrusions 402b, which are staggered.
  • the lower projecting portion 401a and the upper projecting portion 402b are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction, and the upper projecting portion 401b and the lower projecting portion 402a are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment has a point-symmetrical shape. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 25, when arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 in series to configure a hydroponic panel system 413, there is no need to worry about the direction of the hydroponic panels 410. There is an advantage.
  • FIG. 3 A third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28.
  • FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 in this embodiment is not provided with the flat portions 401d and 402d, and the lengths OL1 and OL2 of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction are longer than those in the first embodiment. (36.5 mm in this embodiment). This makes it difficult for the vertical engagement between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 to be released. Further, the tips of the lower protruding portion 401a and the upper protruding portion 401b are substantially flush, and the tips of the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 402b are also substantially flush.
  • a stepped portion 401ca2 is provided on the side surface 401ca1 of the concave portion 401ca provided in the lower protruding portion 401a, and the side surface 402cb1 of the protruding portion 402cb provided in the upper protruding portion 402b is provided with a stepped portion 401ca2.
  • a step portion 402cb2 is also provided. Since the stepped portions 401ca2 and 402cb2 are planes perpendicular to the horizontal direction, in the hydroponic cultivation panel system 413 shown in FIG. A pressing force can be efficiently transmitted between the panels 412 .
  • the tip 402b6 of the upper projecting portion 402b does not contact the bottom surface 401ca3 of the recessed portion 401ca as shown in FIG. 28B.
  • the tip 401b6 of the upper protrusion 401b does not contact the bottom surface 402ca3 of the recess 402ca.
  • a gap is provided between the tip 402b6 and the bottom surface 401ca3, and a gap is also provided between the tip 401b6 and the bottom surface 402ca3.
  • the pressing force between the hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is transmitted only by the stepped portions 401ca2 and 402cb2, and it is possible to suppress the pressing force from being transmitted to unintended portions.
  • FIG. 4 The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first and third embodiments, and the matters described in the first and third embodiments are not contrary to the gist thereof. So far, this also applies to this embodiment. The following description will focus on the differences.
  • the length of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction is shorter than those of the first to third embodiments (11.2 mm in this embodiment). Therefore, the horizontal dimension of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 alone is small, and the storage space for the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 can be reduced.
  • inclined surfaces 401a1, 402a1, 401b1, and 402b1 are provided on the lower protruding portions 401a, 402a and the upper protruding portions 401b, 402b.
  • the inclined surfaces 401 a 1 , 402 a 1 , 401 b 1 , 402 b 1 are flat surfaces and are preferably provided over 60% or more of the thickness direction of the hydroponics panel 410 . This ratio is, for example, 60 to 100%, specifically, for example, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100%, between any two of the numerical values illustrated here may be within the range of
  • the parting line PL between the lower protruding portion 401a and the upper protruding portion 401b extends obliquely.
  • the width of the edge 401a5 is narrower than the width of the root edge 401a4. That is, the lower projecting portion 401a is tapered.
  • the parting line PL between the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 402b extends obliquely.
  • the width of 402b5 is narrower than the width of root edge 402b4. That is, the upper projecting portion 402b is tapered.
  • the leading edge 401a5 easily enters between the pair of lower protrusions 402a, and the leading edge 402b5 easily enters between the pair of upper protrusions 401b. Therefore, when configuring the hydroponic panel system 413, it becomes easy to engage the hydroponic panels 410 with each other.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
  • engaging portions 401a3, 402a3, 401b3, 402b3 are provided on the lower protruding portions 401a, 402a and the upper protruding portions 401b, 402b of the hydroponics panel 410, respectively.
  • the engaging portion 402b3 and the engaging portion 401a3 engage in the horizontal direction
  • the engaging portion 402a3 and the engaging portion 401b3 engage in the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 4 The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment has a shape in which the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment is provided with a tensile force transmission structure as described in the fifth embodiment. Therefore, the matters described in the first embodiment also apply to this embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit of the first embodiment. The following description will focus on the differences.
  • the engaging projection 401f provided on the left side surface 401 is accommodated in the engaging recessed portion 402f provided on the right side surface 402, so that the two adjacent hydroponic cultivation panels 410 are arranged on the left and right sides. are directionally engaged with each other to allow transmission of tensile forces.
  • the engaging projection 401f is provided on the upper surface of the lower projecting portion 401a of the left side surface 401.
  • the engagement protrusion 401f is arranged in the recess 401ca. That is, the engaging protrusion 401f is arranged between the pair of upper protrusions 401b.
  • the upper protrusion 402b of the right side surface 402 is provided with a base recess 402g and an engaging recess 402f.
  • the base concave portion 402g and the engaging concave portion 402f are provided on the lower surface of the upper protruding portion 402b (that is, the surface facing the lower protruding portion 401a).
  • the base concave portion 402g is provided so as to extend from the distal end in the left-right direction of the upper projecting portion 402b toward the proximal end.
  • the engaging recess 402f is provided so as to extend in the front-rear direction so as to be connected to the base recess 402g.
  • An engaging wall 402h is provided on the right side of the engaging recess 402f.
  • the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are brought close to each other, and then the right panel 412 is engaged.
  • the mating projection 401 f is inserted into the base recess 402 g of the left panel 411 .
  • FIG. 37A when the engaging projection 401f is inserted into the engaging recess 402f to a position opposed to the front-rear direction, the right panel 412 and the left panel 411 are moved relative to each other in the front-rear direction as shown in FIG. 37B.
  • the engagement projection 401f is inserted into the engagement recess 402f by moving the engagement projection 401f.
  • the joint wall 402h abuts and can transmit a tensile force between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 .
  • the engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h are preferably solid. In this case, the strength of the engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h increases, and when a tensile force is applied in the direction of separating the right panel 412 and the left panel 411, the engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h are less likely to deform. Become.
  • the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 can be engaged by moving relative to each other in the plane, so workability is excellent.
  • the base concave portion 402g and the engaging concave portion 402f are provided on the lower surface of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410, when the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are to be engaged while viewed from above, the base concave portion 402g cannot be visually recognized, and it is not easy to insert the engaging protrusion 401f into the base recess 402g. If the length of the base recessed portion 402g in the front-rear direction is increased, it becomes easier to insert the engaging projection 401f into the base recessed portion 402g. The engagement between the panel 411 and the right panel 412 is likely to be released unintentionally.
  • the engaging protrusion 401f is arranged at a position farther from the engaging wall 402h than the position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g.
  • the upper protruding portion 401b and the upper protruding portion 402b abut before the engaging protrusion 401f contacts the upper protruding portion 402b.
  • a guide structure 410c that guides the engagement protrusion 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g is provided at a portion where the upper protrusion 401b and the upper protrusion 402b abut.
  • the guide structure 410c guides the engagement protrusion 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g, so that the engagement protrusion 401f can be easily inserted into the base recess 402g.
  • the guide structure 410c is composed of a side surface 402cb1 of the left panel 411 and a side surface 401ca1 of the right panel 412.
  • the side surface 402cb1 and the side surface 401ca1 that constitute the guide structure 410c have a larger inclination angle with respect to the front-rear direction.
  • 402cb1 and the side surface 401ca1 are in contact with each other to guide the engagement projection 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g.
  • the inclination angle at the portion having the largest inclination angle is, for example, 60 to 90 degrees. 85, 90 degrees, and may range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
  • a hydroponic cultivation bed 501 includes a main body portion 510 having a substantially rectangular outer shell and a substantially concave shape (in other words, a substantially shallow plate shape) opened upward.
  • a nutrient solution used for, for example, hydroponic cultivation of plants is stored in the main body 510, and a hydroponic cultivation panel carrying a plant is floated on the nutrient solution.
  • the body portion 510 is entirely made of hard plastic (non-foam material) and has a hollow interior.
  • the short side direction of the main body 510 is the front-rear direction (the front side in FIG. 39 is the front side) (second direction), and the long side direction is the left-right direction (the left side in FIG. 11 is the left side) (first direction). direction).
  • the body portion 510 has a bottom plate portion 512 that constitutes a bottom plate, and side plate portions 514 that rise shallowly from the front, rear, left, and right edges 512a, 512b, 512c, and 512d of the bottom plate portion 512 and constitute side plates.
  • the side plate portion 514 has a rising portion 514a that rises slightly outward from the edge of the bottom plate portion 512 in two stages, and an overhanging portion 514b that horizontally projects outward from the rising tip of the rising portion 514a. have.
  • a reinforcing rib 514a1 protruding inward (toward the bottom plate portion 512) is provided over substantially the entire area of the rising portion 514a.
  • the main body portion 510 has air blowing portions 516, which are provided on the front and rear projecting portions 514b on both sides, and for sending air (fluid) to the bottom plate portion 512 side, which will be described later.
  • the body portion 510 is separated into a plurality of connection units 520, 530, 540 that are connected in the left-right direction.
  • the body part 510 is connected to a left end connection unit 520 connected to the left end, a right end connection unit 530 connected to the right end, and connected between the left end connection unit 520 and the right end connection unit 530 .
  • An intermediate connecting unit 540 is composed of three connecting units 520 , 530 , 540 .
  • Each of the connection units 520, 530, 540 has a substantially square outline and substantially the same size.
  • the left end connection unit 520, the right end connection unit 530, and the intermediate connection unit 540 have a left end bottom plate portion 522, a right end bottom plate portion 532, and an intermediate bottom plate portion 542, respectively, which constitute a part of the bottom plate portion 512 of the main body portion 510. , a left end side plate portion 524 , a right end side plate portion 534 , and an intermediate side plate portion 544 which constitute a part of the side plate portion 514 of the main body portion 510 .
  • the left end side plate portion 524, the right end side plate portion 534, and the intermediate side plate portion 544 respectively have a left end rising portion 524a, a right end rising portion 534a, and an intermediate rising portion 544a that constitute a part of the rising portion 514a of the main body portion 510, It has a left end projecting portion 524b, a right end projecting portion 534b, and an intermediate projecting portion 544b, which constitute a part of the projecting portion 514b of the main body portion 510, respectively.
  • the left end side plate portion 524 rises from the front and rear end edges 522a, 522b and the left end edge 522c of the left end bottom plate portion 522, and the right side (end edge 522d side) is open in the left-right direction. (That is, the left end side plate portion 524 is not provided).
  • a right end side plate portion 534 rises from the front and rear edges 532a and 532b and the right end edge 532d of the right end bottom plate portion 532, and the left side (edge 532c side) is open in the left-right direction. (That is, the right end side plate portion 534 is not provided).
  • the intermediate side plate portion 544 rises from the front and rear edges 542a and 542b of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, and the left and right sides (edges 542c and 542d) are opened in the left and right direction (that is, , the intermediate side plate portion 544 is not provided).
  • the left end connection unit 520 has a lower connection portion (first fitting portion) 526 on the right (open side) edge 522d side.
  • the right end connection unit 530 has an upper connection portion (second fitting portion) 538 on the left (open side) edge 532c side.
  • the intermediate connecting unit 540 has an upper connecting portion (second fitting portion) 548 on the left (open side) edge 542c side and a lower connecting portion (second fitting portion) 548 on the right (open side) edge 542d side. It has a side connecting portion (first fitting portion) 546 .
  • the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 is thinner than the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 .
  • the lower connecting portion 546 is the inner portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 in the thickness direction (the upper portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, the rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544 on the front side, the rear side).
  • the front side portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544) is removed.
  • fitting recesses 546a On both left and right sides of the lower connecting portion 546, there are provided fitting recesses 546a that open upward and extend in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
  • each accommodating a sealing material 550 are provided in a groove shape along the front-rear direction (see FIG. 43).
  • the sealing material 550 accommodated in each sealing material accommodating portion 546b has a substantially prismatic shape and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • the sealing material 550 is made of silicon rubber, for example.
  • the vertical thickness of the sealing material 550 is smaller than the horizontal thickness, and the upper surface of the sealing material 550 is located slightly above the opening of the sealing material accommodating portion 546b.
  • Each fitting recess 546 a and each sealing material 550 are provided from the vicinity of the front end to the vicinity of the rear end of the lower connecting part 546 .
  • a plurality of lower screw holes 546c are provided between both sealing materials 550 (both sealing material housing portions 546b).
  • both seal members 550 are provided in a manner to sandwich each lower screw hole 546c in the left-right direction.
  • the plurality of lower screw holes 546c are provided at approximately equal intervals along the front-rear direction.
  • a plurality of lower screw holes 546c are provided only in a portion of the lower connecting portion 546 extending from the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, and penetrate vertically. Also, the distance from each lower screw hole 546c to one sealing material 550 and the distance to the other sealing material 550 are substantially equal.
  • a screw member S1 which will be described later, is inserted through each lower screw hole 546c.
  • the lower connecting portion 526 provided on the left end connecting unit 520 also has the same configuration as the lower connecting portion 546 provided on the intermediate connecting unit 540 .
  • the upper connecting portion 548 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 is made thinner than the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the upper connecting portion 548 is the outer portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 in the thickness direction (the lower portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, the front portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544 on the front side, and the rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544). The rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544) is removed.
  • the lower surface of the upper connecting portion 548 has a shape that follows the shape of the upper surface of the lower connecting portion 526 (lower connecting portion 546).
  • fitting convex portions 548a are provided along the front-rear direction and protrude downward.
  • a plurality of upper screw holes 548c through which the screw members S1 are inserted are provided along the front-rear direction between the fitting projections 548a.
  • the upper connecting portion 538 provided in the right end connecting unit 530 has the same configuration as the upper connecting portion 548 provided in the intermediate connecting unit 540, and has a fitting convex portion 538a and an upper screw hole 538c at corresponding positions. provided (see FIG. 43).
  • the fitting projections 538 a and the upper screw holes 538 c of the upper coupling portion 538 provided on the right end coupling unit 530 are fitted to the lower coupling portions 546 of the intermediate coupling unit 540 . It is provided so as to vertically correspond to the joint recess 546a and each lower screw hole 546c. Therefore, by overlapping the upper connecting portion 538 of the right end connecting unit 530 and the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 in the vertical direction (normal direction of the plate surface of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542), the fitting protrusion 538a is fitted in the fitting recess 546a, and the opening of each upper screw hole 538c and the opening of each lower screw hole 546c are overlapped.
  • the upper connecting portion 538 of the right end connecting unit 530 and the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 are overlapped, and the screw member S1 is inserted from below into each lower screw hole 546c and each upper screw hole 538c.
  • the right end connecting unit 530 and the intermediate connecting unit 540 are connected.
  • the thickness dimension thereof becomes substantially equal to the thickness dimension of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542 and the side plate portions 524, 534, 544.
  • top surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542 and the top surface of the upper connecting portion 538 (548) are located on the same plane. In this manner, two adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be fitted vertically, so that connection can be easily performed.
  • each sealing member 550 provided on the lower connecting portion 546 presses the upper connecting portion 538 and the upper connecting portion 538 . abut.
  • the space between the upper connecting portion 538 and the lower connecting portion 546 is sealed by the sealing materials 550 from the vicinity of the front end to the vicinity of the rear end.
  • the distances from each lower screw hole 546c to both seal members 550 are substantially equal, force is applied substantially equally to the pair of seal members 550 when screwing.
  • the force pressing the connecting portions 538 and 548 can be substantially uniform.
  • the connection between the upper connecting portion 548 provided on the intermediate connecting unit 540 and the lower connecting portion 526 provided on the left end connecting unit 520 also has the same connection mode.
  • the blower section 516 attached to the main body section 510 of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 will be described.
  • the air blower 516 is provided on the overhangs 524b, 534b, 544b of the connecting units 520, 530, 540, respectively. That is, the body portion 510 has six blower portions 516 .
  • the air blower 516 has a substantially semi-cylindrical shape with one flat surface, and an air passage 516a inside.
  • the blower portion 516 is molded integrally with the main body portion 510 and is made of hard plastic (non-foaming material) like the main body portion 510 .
  • the blower portion 516 has a dimension in the cylinder axis direction substantially equal to the lateral dimension of each projecting portion 524b, 534b, 544b provided in each of the connecting units 520, 530, 540. As shown in FIG. A plurality of outlets 516b are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the air blower 516 at approximately equal intervals along the cylinder axis direction.
  • the opening of each blow-out port 516b has a laterally long elliptical shape (with the cylinder axis direction as the major axis direction) and is directed toward the bottom plate portion 542 (522, 532).
  • one end of the air blower 516 is provided with an inner connecting portion (connected port) 516d axially protruding from the end along the cylinder axis direction. .
  • the inside of the inner connection portion 516d penetrates in the cylinder axis direction and communicates with the air passage 516a.
  • the other end of the air blower 516 is provided with an outer connection portion (connection port) 516e that axially protrudes from the end along the cylinder axis direction.
  • the inside of the outer connection portion 516e penetrates in the cylinder axis direction and communicates with the air passage 516a. Therefore, by sending air from the inner connection portion 516d or the outer connection portion 516e, the air can flow throughout the air passage 516a, and the air can flow from each outlet 516b toward the bottom plate portion 542 (522, 532). Air is blown out.
  • the opening diameter of the outer connecting portion 516e is approximately equal to the outer diameter of the inner connecting portion 516d.
  • the inner connecting portion 516d is connected to the outer connecting portion 516e (see the broken line shown in FIG. 44).
  • the air passages 516a provided inside the adjacent air blowing portions 516 communicate with each other. Therefore, by sending air from the opening of the inner connecting portion 516d or the outer connecting portion 516e exposed from one end side of the blowing portions 516 connected to each other, the air can flow through the blowing passages 516a of the blowing portions 516. can be done.
  • the hydroponic cultivation panel can be placed on the nutrient solution stored in the main body part 510.
  • the side where the air is sent (windward), that is, the side with a large air volume is placed on the side with a large degree of growth, and the side where the air is discharged (leeward side), that is, the air volume is small. Plants with low growth rate can be placed on the side. Thereby, the growth of plants can be effectively promoted.
  • Water supply portions 529 , 539 , 549 are provided on the lower surface side of bottom plate portions 522 , 532 , 542 of respective connection units 520 , 530 , 540 . That is, the main body part 510 has three water feeding parts 529 , 539 , 549 . Each of the water feeding portions 529, 539, 549 has the same configuration, and the water feeding portion 549 provided in the intermediate connection unit 540 will be described below.
  • the water supply part 549 is provided so as to extend over substantially the entire area of the lower surface of the bottom plate part 542 while bending multiple times in a curved shape. Inside the water supply section 549, a water supply channel 549a, which is a space through which water (fluid) flows, is formed.
  • the lower surface of the bottom plate portion 542 is provided with a crimped portion 542e in which a part of the lower surface of the bottom plate portion 542 is crimped upward so as to surround the water supply passage 549a (in other words, the crimped portion 542e water feeding portion 549 is formed).
  • the water supply channel 549a is provided using a part of the space inside the hollow body portion 510, and is a space separated from the space inside the body portion 510 by the crimping portion 542e. there is Therefore, the water supply channels 529a, 539a, and 549a can be provided while reducing the weight of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 .
  • first introduction portion 549a1 One end of the water supply channel 549a (hereinafter referred to as a first introduction portion 549a1) is arranged at a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of a portion of the bottom plate portion 542 of the intermediate connection unit 540 that is close to the upper connection portion 548.
  • the other end of the water supply channel 549a (hereinafter referred to as a second introduction portion 549a2) is arranged at a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of a portion of the bottom plate portion 542 of the intermediate connection unit 540 that is close to the lower connection portion 546.
  • Both of the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2 have a substantially truncated cone shape, and an introduction port 549b opening downward is provided inside thereof. Water can be introduced into the water supply channel 549a through the inlet 549b.
  • a nozzle member 560 for opening and closing the introduction port 549b is attached to the introduction port 549b of each of the introduction portions 549a1 and 549a2.
  • each part of the left end connection unit 520 corresponding to the crimped portion 542e, the water supply portion 549, the water supply channel 549a, the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2 of the intermediate connection unit 540 is Reference numerals 522e, 529, 529a, 529a1, and 529a2 indicate a right end corresponding to the crimping portion 542e of the intermediate connection unit 540, the water supply portion 549, the water supply passage 549a, the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2, and the introduction port 549b.
  • Each part of the connecting unit 530 is denoted by reference numerals 532e, 539, 539a, 539a1, 539a2 and 539b.
  • connection units 520, 530, 540 provided with the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a are cooled. can do. Since the water supply portions 529, 539, 549 are provided over substantially the entire lower surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542, the connection units 520, 530, 540 can be effectively cooled.
  • the first introduction portions 529a1, 539a1, 549a1 provided on one side of the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 and the second introduction portions 529a2, 539a2, 549a2 provided on the other side of the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be connected by a hose member 570.
  • the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a communicate with each other through the hose member 570, so that by introducing water into some of the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a, the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a Water can be introduced.
  • the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 includes the substantially concave main body 510 in which the liquid is stored.
  • the body portion 510 has a hollow interior, and has an air passage 516a through which air flows and water passages 529a, 539a, and 549a through which water flows.
  • air, water, and the like can flow through the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 without providing a separate member in the portion of the main body 510 where the nutrient solution or the like is stored. can be easily done.
  • the main body 510 is made of hard plastic, which is a non-foaming material.
  • the nutrient solution or the like stored in 510 does not leak. Therefore, it is not necessary to lay a film member or the like on the portion where the nutrient solution is stored, unlike the conventional beds for hydroponic cultivation using polystyrene foam. Therefore, the cleaning of the portion of the main body 510 in which the nutrient solution is stored can be automated using a cleaning robot or the like, making the maintenance of the hydroponic bed 501 easier than before. be able to.
  • the inside of the main body part 510 is hollow, the weight of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 can be reduced.
  • the main body 510 is provided by three connecting units 520, 530, 540 connected in the left-right direction, and each of the connecting units 520, 530, 540 has a substantially rectangular shape.
  • a generally concave portion for retaining the nutrient solution surrounded by the portions 524, 534, 544 may be provided. Further, by configuring the body portion 510 in such a manner that a plurality of connection units 520, 530, and 540 are connected, the maintenance of the body portion 510 can be made easier.
  • each of the connection units 520, 530, 540 has lower connection portions 526, 546 and upper connection portions 538, 548 on the open side, and two adjacent connection portions are provided.
  • the lower connecting portions 526, 546 and the upper connecting portions 538, 548 of the units 520, 530, 540 are connected by being fitted to each other. Thereby, a specific configuration for connecting two adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be provided.
  • the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 includes rising tip portions (stretching) of the side plate portions 524, 534, and 544 that rise from the edges of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 on both sides in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the left-right direction.
  • the air passages 516a are provided in the outlet portions 524b, 534b, 544b) and send air along the left-right direction as flow passages. It has an air outlet 516b that blows out into the air.
  • the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 is provided on the lower surface side of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 (on the side opposite to the side where the side plate portions 524, 534, and 544 rise), and the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a for sending water. are included as channels, and the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a have inlets 539b, 549b at both ends thereof for introducing water into the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a.
  • the nutrient solution can be cooled by flowing cooling water through the water supply channels 529a, 539a, and 549a in a state where the nutrient solution is stored in the main body 510.
  • FIG. 529a, 539a, 549a for cooling the nutrient solution inside the main body 510.
  • FIG. Furthermore, by connecting the adjacent inlets 539b, 549b with the hose member 570, the water supply channels 529a, 539a, 549a can be connected between the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540, and each connection unit 520, Cooling water can be supplied collectively to 530 and 540 .
  • the water channel is immersed in the solution when the nutrient solution is stored in the main body, and the roots of the plants are entangled in the water channel. problems such as difficulty in cleaning the portion where the nutrient solution is stored may occur.
  • the upper surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 are flattened by providing the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a on the lower surface side of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the above problems from occurring.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible without departing from the gist thereof.
  • the size, arrangement, shape, etc. of each hole provided in the hydroponics panel can be changed as appropriate.
  • the hydroponic cultivation bed is configured by three connection units that are connected to each other is shown, but two or four or more connection units that connect the hydroponic cultivation bed to each other It may be configured by a unit.
  • the air blower is formed integrally with the main body. There may be.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Hydroponics (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a hydroponic cultivation panel and a method for manufacturing a hydroponic cultivation panel with which the growth of plants can be promoted while the strength of the panel is ensured. A hydroponic panel 10 is provided with a plurality of holes 20, wherein: the holes 20 each include an upper-surface-side opening 32 that opens on the upper surface 10a side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 into which a plant is inserted, and a lower-surface-side opening 42 that communicates with the upper-surface-side opening 32 and opens on the lower surface 10b side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 and has a shape gradually increasing in diameter toward the lower surface 10b side; the inside is hollow; the upper-surface-side openings 32 are each formed by bending a part of the upper surface 10a inward; the lower-surface-side openings 42 are each formed by bending a part of the lower surface 10b inward; and at least the upper surface 10a side is formed of a non-foaming material.

Description

水耕栽培用パネル、水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法、水耕栽培用パネルシステム及び水耕栽培用ベッドHydroponics panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed
 本発明は、水耕栽培用パネル、水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法、水耕栽培用パネルシステム及び水耕栽培用ベッドに関する。 The present invention relates to a hydroponic cultivation panel, a hydroponic cultivation panel manufacturing method, a hydroponic cultivation panel system, and a hydroponic cultivation bed.
(第1観点)
 従来から、植物の水耕栽培に用いるパネルが提案されている。例えば特許文献1には、植物が植設された苗床部材が嵌挿される定植穴が複数設けられ、養液面上に浮かべられる養液栽培用パネルが開示されている。この養液栽培用パネルに設けられた各定植穴は、パネルの上面側に開口する凹部と、パネルの下面側に開口する凹溝とを有している。凹溝は、養液面側に向けて凹状となるように開口しており、定植穴に嵌挿された苗床部材の周りには、養液と凹溝によって囲まれる空間が形成されるため、植物の根に空気が補給され、植物の成長が促進されるようになっている。
(First viewpoint)
BACKGROUND ART Conventionally, panels used for hydroponics of plants have been proposed. For example, Patent Literature 1 discloses a hydroponics panel that is provided with a plurality of fixed planting holes into which seedbed members with plants are inserted and that floats on the surface of the nutrient solution. Each planting hole provided in this hydroponics panel has a recess opening on the upper surface side of the panel and a recessed groove opening on the lower surface side of the panel. The concave groove is concave toward the nutrient solution surface side, and a space surrounded by the nutrient solution and the concave groove is formed around the seedbed member inserted into the planting hole. Air is supplied to the roots of the plant, and the growth of the plant is promoted.
(第2観点)
 特許文献1には、植物が苗床部材に植設されて構成された栽培物が挿入される孔が設けられた水耕栽培用パネルが開示されている。
(Second viewpoint)
Patent Literature 1 discloses a hydroponics panel provided with a hole into which a cultivated product, which is constructed by planting a plant in a nursery member, is inserted.
(第3観点)
 特許文献1には、細長い水槽トレイの養液上に、複数のパネルを水槽トレイの長手方向に沿って直列に浮かべ、水槽トレイの一端側で植物の苗の定植を行い、パネルを他端側に向けて移動させながら植物を成長させ、他端側で成長した植物の収穫を行う技術が開示されている。
(Third viewpoint)
In Patent Document 1, a plurality of panels are floated in series along the longitudinal direction of the aquarium tray on a nutrient solution of an elongated aquarium tray, plant seedlings are planted at one end of the aquarium tray, and the panels are placed at the other end. A technique is disclosed in which a plant is grown while moving toward the other end and the grown plant is harvested at the other end.
(第4観点)
 従来から、植物の水耕栽培に用いる養液を貯留するための貯留槽としてのベッドが提案されている。例えば特許文献2には、樹脂シートと、樹脂シートを屈曲した状態で支持するフレームと、仕切壁と、を備える植物栽培用ユニットが開示されている。この植物栽培用ユニットでは、樹脂シートと仕切壁によって形成される直方体状(略凹状)の貯水部分に栽培液(養液)等が導入され、水耕栽培が行われるようになっている。
(Fourth viewpoint)
BACKGROUND ART Conventionally, beds have been proposed as storage tanks for storing a nutrient solution used for hydroponics of plants. For example, Patent Literature 2 discloses a plant cultivation unit that includes a resin sheet, a frame that supports the resin sheet in a bent state, and a partition wall. In this plant cultivation unit, a cultivation solution (nutrient solution) or the like is introduced into a rectangular parallelepiped (substantially concave) water storage portion formed by a resin sheet and a partition wall to perform hydroponic cultivation.
特開平9-103203号公報JP-A-9-103203 特開2020-65510号公報JP 2020-65510 A
(第1観点)
 しかしながら特許文献1の養液栽培用パネルでは、各定植穴の凹溝は養液面側に向けて凹状に開口しているため、凹溝の内面はパネルの水平方向に拡がった形状となっている。このため、凹溝が設けられた部分では凹溝とパネルの上面との間の幅が小さく、パネルの厚みが薄くなり、パネルの強度を十分に確保できない虞があった。
(First viewpoint)
However, in the hydroponics panel of Patent Document 1, since the grooves of each planting hole are concavely opened toward the nutrient solution surface side, the inner surface of the grooves has a shape that spreads in the horizontal direction of the panel. there is For this reason, the width between the groove and the upper surface of the panel is small at the portion where the groove is provided, and the thickness of the panel becomes thin.
 本発明はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、パネルの強度を確保しながら、植物の成長を促進させることができる水耕栽培用パネル及びそのような水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法を提供するものである。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and a hydroponic cultivation panel that can promote the growth of plants while ensuring the strength of the panel, and a method for manufacturing such a hydroponic cultivation panel. It provides
(第2観点)
 特許文献1のパネルでは、苗床部材と孔の内面との間の摩擦力によって栽培物を孔内に保持している。しかし、このような形態では、摩擦力が不十分になりやすく、その場合に、栽培物が脱落してしまう虞がある。
(Second viewpoint)
In the panel of Patent Literature 1, the cultivated material is held in the hole by the frictional force between the seedbed member and the inner surface of the hole. However, in such a form, the frictional force is likely to be insufficient, and in that case, there is a risk that the cultivated plants may fall off.
 本発明はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、栽培物が孔から脱落することが抑制可能な水耕栽培用パネルを提供するものである。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and provides a hydroponic cultivation panel that can suppress the dropping of cultivated products from holes.
(第3観点)
 複数のパネルは、例えば、水槽トレイの一端に最も近いパネルを他端に向けて押すことによって、同時に移動させることができる。しかし、養液上に浮かんだパネルは、上下方向に移動しやすいので、水槽トレイの一端に最も近いパネルを他端に向けて押したときに、あるパネルが隣接するパネルに乗り上げてしまう虞がある。
(Third viewpoint)
Multiple panels can be moved simultaneously, for example, by pushing the panel closest to one end of the aquarium tray toward the other end. However, since the panels floating on the nutrient solution tend to move in the vertical direction, there is a risk that when the panel closest to one end of the aquarium tray is pushed toward the other end, one panel may run over the adjacent panel. be.
 本発明はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、端に配置されたパネルで他のパネルを押して直列に配置された複数のパネルを移動させる際に、一のパネルが隣接するパネルに乗り上げてしまうことを抑制することができる、水耕栽培用パネルを提供するものである。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances. To provide a hydroponics panel capable of suppressing riding on.
(第4観点)
 しかしながら、特許文献2の植物栽培用ユニットでは、貯水部分が樹脂シートによって構成されるため、貯水部分の耐久性に欠けていた。また、貯水部分を清掃する際、樹脂シートをフレームから取り外す必要があった。さらに、水耕栽培を行う際、空気や水等を流すための流路を貯水部分とは別部材として設ける必要があった。このため、水耕栽培を行うための各種部材のメンテナンスが困難であった。
(Fourth viewpoint)
However, in the plant cultivating unit of Patent Literature 2, the water storage portion is made up of a resin sheet, so the durability of the water storage portion is lacking. Moreover, when cleaning the water storage part, it was necessary to remove the resin sheet from the frame. Furthermore, when performing hydroponics, it was necessary to provide a channel for flowing air, water, etc., as a separate member from the water storage portion. For this reason, maintenance of various members for performing hydroponics was difficult.
 本発明はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、耐久性に優れ、メンテナンスが容易な水耕栽培用ベッドを提供することを目的としている。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and aims to provide a bed for hydroponic cultivation that is excellent in durability and easy to maintain.
(第1観点)
 本発明によれば、複数の孔が設けられた水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記孔は、植物が挿入される前記水耕栽培用パネルの上面側に開口する上面側開口部と、該上面側開口部に連通して前記水耕栽培用パネルの下面側に開口するとともに前記下面側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされた下面側開口部とを含み、内部が中空とされ、前記上面側開口部は前記上面の一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されており、前記下面側開口部は前記下面の一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されており、少なくとも前記上面側は非発泡材料で形成されている、水耕栽培用パネルが提供される。
(First viewpoint)
According to the present invention, there is provided a hydroponic cultivation panel provided with a plurality of holes, wherein the holes are an upper surface side opening opening on the upper surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel into which a plant is inserted; a lower surface side opening that communicates with the upper surface side opening and opens to the lower surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel and has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface side; The upper surface side opening is formed by bending a portion of the upper surface toward the inside, and the lower surface side opening is formed by bending a portion of the lower surface toward the inside. A hydroponics panel is provided, wherein the upper surface side is formed of a non-foam material.
 本発明によれば、複数の孔が設けられた水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法であって、第1溶融樹脂シートを第1金型に配置するとともに第2溶融樹脂シートを第2金型に配置する配置工程と、前記第1金型と前記第2金型を型締めして前記第1溶融樹脂シートと前記第2溶融樹脂シートを溶着する溶着工程と、を備え、前記配置工程は、外面が前記第1金型側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされた突出部を前記第1金型に設け、前記突出部を含む面上に前記第1溶融樹脂シートを配置することで前記第1溶融樹脂シートの前記突出部と重なる位置に前記孔を設ける、水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法が提供される。 According to the present invention, there is provided a method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel having a plurality of holes, in which a first molten resin sheet is placed in a first mold and a second molten resin sheet is placed in a second mold. and a welding step of clamping the first mold and the second mold to weld the first molten resin sheet and the second molten resin sheet, wherein the arranging step comprises: The first mold is provided with a projecting portion whose outer surface gradually expands in diameter toward the first mold, and the first molten resin sheet is arranged on the surface including the projecting portion. A method for manufacturing a hydroponic cultivation panel is provided, wherein the hole is provided at a position overlapping the protrusion of the first molten resin sheet.
 本発明によれば、パネルの強度を確保しながら、植物の成長を促進させることができる水耕栽培用パネル及び水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a hydroponic cultivation panel and a method for manufacturing a hydroponic cultivation panel that can promote the growth of plants while ensuring the strength of the panel.
 以下、本発明の種々の実施形態を例示する。以下に示す実施形態は互いに組み合わせ可能である。
 好ましくは、前記記載の水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記下面側開口部は、前記水耕栽培用パネルの法線方向に対する傾斜角度が前記下面側に向けて漸次小さくなる形で多段階に傾斜する。
 好ましくは、前記記載の水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記上面側に設けられた上面側シートと前記下面側に設けられた下面側シートが互いに貼り合わされてなり、前記下面側開口部は、前記下面側シートの一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されている。
 好ましくは、前記記載の水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記上面側開口部は、前記上面側に向けて漸次拡径する形で傾斜するテーパ状とされている。
Various embodiments of the present invention are illustrated below. The embodiments shown below can be combined with each other.
Preferably, in the hydroponic cultivation panel described above, the lower surface side opening is formed in multiple stages in such a manner that the inclination angle with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel gradually decreases toward the lower surface side. incline.
Preferably, in the hydroponic cultivation panel described above, an upper surface side sheet provided on the upper surface side and a lower surface side sheet provided on the lower surface side are attached to each other, and the lower surface side opening is formed by: A portion of the lower surface side sheet is formed by bending toward the inside.
Preferably, in the hydroponic cultivation panel described above, the upper surface side opening is tapered so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the upper surface side.
(第2観点)
 本発明によれば、以下の発明が提供される。
(1)水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記パネルには、栽培物が挿入される孔が前記パネルを上下方向に貫通するように設けられており、前記孔内には、環状のベース面と、前記ベース面の外縁から前記上面に向かって延在する上側側面が設けられており、前記ベース面と前記上側側面は、非平行である、パネル。
(2)(1)に記載のパネルであって、前記孔には、前記ベース面の内縁から前記下面に向かって延在する下側側面が設けられており、前記ベース面と前記下側側面の間の角度は、20~90度である、パネル。
(3)(2)に記載のパネルであって、前記下側側面は、前記下面に向かって漸次拡径するように傾斜するテーパー面である、パネル。
(4)水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法であって、配置工程と、成形工程と、後処理工程を備え、前記配置工程では、互いに開閉可能な第1及び第2金型を開状態にして、第1及び第2金型の間にパリソンを配置し、第1金型は、第1リブを備え、第2金型は、第2リブを備え、第1及び第2リブは、互いに対向するように配置され、第1リブの先端面の外縁の直径は、第2リブの先端面の外縁の直径よりも大きく、前記成形工程では、第1金型と第2金型の間に前記パリソンを配置した状態で第1及び第2金型を閉状態にして第1及び第2リブを互いに突き合わせることによって、前記パリソンの対向する内面同士を溶着させて溶着部を形成すると共に前記パリソンをパネル形状に成形して成形体を形成し、前記後処理工程では、前記溶着部を除去して孔を形成する、方法。
(5)(4)に記載の製造方法であって、前記溶着部の除去は、第2リブの先端面が押し付けられた部位の外縁に沿って行われる、方法。
(6)(4)又は(5)に記載の方法であって、第1リブの先端面と第2リブの先端面の少なくとも一方には、環状の環状面が設けられ、前記環状面の内側には凹部が設けられている、方法。
(7)(6)に記載の方法であって、前記環状面は、第1リブの先端面と第2リブの先端面の両方に設けられており、第1リブの環状面の幅は、第2リブの環状面の幅よりも大きい、方法。
(Second viewpoint)
According to the present invention, the following inventions are provided.
(1) A hydroponics panel, wherein a hole into which a cultivated product is inserted is provided in the panel so as to penetrate the panel in the vertical direction, and an annular base surface is provided in the hole. and an upper side surface extending from an outer edge of said base surface toward said upper surface, said base surface and said upper side surface being non-parallel.
(2) In the panel according to (1), the hole is provided with a lower side surface extending from an inner edge of the base surface toward the lower surface, and the base surface and the lower side surface is between 20 and 90 degrees, panel.
(3) The panel according to (2), wherein the lower side surface is a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the lower surface.
(4) A method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel, comprising an arranging step, a molding step, and a post-processing step, wherein the arranging step includes first and second molds that can be opened and closed with each other in an open state. , placing the parison between first and second molds, the first mold comprising a first rib, the second mold comprising a second rib, the first and second ribs facing each other and the diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the first rib is larger than the diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the second rib, and in the molding step, the With the parison arranged, the first and second molds are closed and the first and second ribs are butted against each other to weld the facing inner surfaces of the parison to form a welded portion. is formed into a panel shape to form a formed body, and in the post-treatment step, the welded portion is removed to form a hole.
(5) The manufacturing method according to (4), wherein the removal of the welded portion is performed along the outer edge of the portion against which the tip surface of the second rib is pressed.
(6) In the method described in (4) or (5), at least one of the tip end surface of the first rib and the tip end surface of the second rib is provided with an annular annular surface, and the inner side of the annular surface is provided with an annular surface. is provided with a recess.
(7) In the method described in (6), the annular surface is provided on both the tip surface of the first rib and the tip surface of the second rib, and the width of the annular surface of the first rib is greater than the width of the annular surface of the second rib.
 本発明では、パネルの孔内には、環状のベース面と、これに非平行な上側側面が設けられている。栽培物を圧縮状態で孔内に挿入すると、栽培物が孔内で復元力によって膨らんで、孔内のベース面によって保持されやすい。このため、栽培物が孔から脱落することが抑制される。 In the present invention, an annular base surface and a non-parallel upper side surface are provided in the hole of the panel. When the cultivated product is inserted into the hole in a compressed state, the cultivated product swells in the hole due to the restoring force and is easily held by the base surface in the hole. For this reason, it is suppressed that the cultivated product falls out of the hole.
(第3観点)
 本発明によれば、以下の発明が提供される。
(1)水耕栽培用パネルであって、前記パネルは、左側面と右側面を備え、前記左側面は、前記左側面の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部と、前記左側面の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部を備え、前記右側面は、前記右側面の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部と、前記右側面の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部を備え、前記左側面の前記下側突出部と前記右側面の前記上側突出部は、左右方向に対向する位置に設けられ、前記左側面の前記上側突出部と前記右側面の前記下側突出部は、前記左右方向に対向する位置に設けられる、パネル。
(2)(1)に記載のパネルであって、前記左側面は、一対の前記上側突出部を備え、前記左側面では、前記下側突出部は、一対の前記上側突出部の間に配置され、前記右側面は、一対の前記下側突出部を備え、前記右側面では、前記上側突出部は、一対の前記下側突出部の間に配置される、パネル。
(3)(1)又は(2)に記載のパネルであって、前記左側面及び前記右側面は、それぞれ、凹部と凸部を有する凹凸部に厚さ方向に隣接した部位に、前記凸部と前記凹部にまたがる範囲において平坦な平坦部を備え、前記左側面の前記平坦部と前記右側面の前記平坦部は、前記左右方向に対向する位置に設けられる、パネル。
(4)(1)~(3)の何れか1つに記載のパネルであって、前記パネルは、点対称形状ではない、パネル。
(5)(1)~(3)の何れか1つに記載のパネルであって、前記パネルは、点対称形状である、パネル。
(6)複数の水耕栽培用パネルが直列に並べられて構成される水耕栽培用パネルシステムであって、前記複数の水耕栽培用パネルは、互いに隣接する左パネル及び右パネルを備え、前記左パネル及び右パネルは、それぞれ、(1)~(5)の何れか1つに記載のパネルであり、前記左パネルの前記右側面の前記上側突出部が、前記右パネルの前記左側面の前記下側突出部の上側に配置されるように重なり、前記左パネルの前記右側面の前記下側突出部が、前記右パネルの前記左側面の前記上側突出部の下側に配置されるように重なる、パネルシステム。
(Third viewpoint)
According to the present invention, the following inventions are provided.
(1) A panel for hydroponic cultivation, wherein the panel has a left side and a right side, and the left side has a lower protruding portion in which the lower side of the left side protrudes more than the upper side, and the left side of the left side. The right side has a lower protrusion where the lower side of the right side protrudes more than the upper side, and an upper protrusion where the upper side of the right side protrudes more than the lower side. wherein the lower protruding portion of the left side surface and the upper protruding portion of the right side surface are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction, and the upper protruding portion of the left side surface and the lower side of the right side surface The panel, wherein the protrusions are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction.
(2) In the panel according to (1), the left side includes a pair of the upper protrusions, and on the left side, the lower protrusion is located between the pair of the upper protrusions. and wherein said right side surface comprises a pair of said lower protrusions, and on said right side surface said upper protrusion is disposed between said pair of said lower protrusions.
(3) In the panel according to (1) or (2), the left side surface and the right side surface are each provided with the convex portion at a portion adjacent to the concave portion and the convex portion in the thickness direction. and a flat portion extending over the concave portion, wherein the flat portion on the left side and the flat portion on the right side are provided at positions opposed to each other in the left-right direction.
(4) The panel according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the panel does not have a point-symmetrical shape.
(5) The panel according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the panel has a point-symmetrical shape.
(6) A hydroponic panel system configured by arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels in series, the plurality of hydroponic panels comprising a left panel and a right panel adjacent to each other, The left panel and the right panel are panels according to any one of (1) to (5), respectively, and the upper projecting portion of the right side surface of the left panel is the left side surface of the right panel. and the lower protrusion of the right side of the left panel is positioned below the upper protrusion of the left side of the right panel Overlapping, panel system.
 本発明の水耕栽培用パネルは、直列に複数枚並べた場合に、左側のパネルの右側面の上側突出部が、右側のパネルの左側面の下側突出部の上側に配置されるように重なり、左側のパネルの右側面の下側突出部が、右側のパネルの左側面の上側突出部の下側に配置されるように重なる。このため、隣接する2つのパネルが上下方向に相対移動することが抑制される。従って、端に配置されたパネルで他のパネルを押して直列に配置された複数のパネルを移動させる際に、一のパネルが隣接するパネルに乗り上げてしまうことを抑制することができる。 When a plurality of panels for hydroponic cultivation of the present invention are arranged in series, the upper protrusion on the right side of the left panel is arranged above the lower protrusion on the left side of the right panel. Overlap such that the lower protrusion on the right side of the left panel is positioned below the upper protrusion on the left side of the right panel. Therefore, relative movement of two adjacent panels in the vertical direction is suppressed. Therefore, when moving a plurality of panels arranged in series by pushing another panel with the panel arranged at the end, it is possible to prevent one panel from running over the adjacent panel.
(第4観点)
 本発明によれば、液体が貯留される略凹状の本体部を備え、前記本体部は、内部が中空とされ、該内部の一部に流体が流れる流路を有する、水耕栽培用ベッドが提供される。
(Fourth viewpoint)
According to the present invention, a bed for hydroponic cultivation is provided with a substantially concave main body in which liquid is stored, the main body having a hollow interior, and having a flow path through which fluid flows in a part of the interior. provided.
 本発明によれば、耐久性に優れ、メンテナンスが容易な水耕栽培用ベッドを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a bed for hydroponic cultivation that has excellent durability and is easy to maintain.
 以下、本発明の種々の実施形態を例示する。以下に示す実施形態は互いに組み合わせ可能である。
 好ましくは、前記本体部は、第1方向に連結される複数の連結ユニットにより設けられ、前記複数の連結ユニットの各々は、略矩形状の底板部、及び該底板部の端縁から立ち上がる側板部を有し、前記第1方向における少なくとも一方側が前記第1方向に開放されている。
 好ましくは、前記複数の連結ユニットの各々は、前記開放された側に嵌合部を有し、隣り合う2つの前記連結ユニットの前記嵌合部同士が嵌合されることにより連結される。
 好ましくは、前記流路は、前記端縁のうち前記第1方向と直交する第2方向の両側の端縁からそれぞれ立ち上がる前記側板部の立ち上がり先端部に設けられるとともに前記第1方向に沿って風を送る送風路を含み、前記送風路は、該送風路内を流れる風を前記底板部側に吹き出す吹出口を有する。
 好ましくは、前記流路は、前記底板部の前記側板部が立ち上がる側とは反対側に設けられるとともに水を送る送水路を含み、前記送水路は、その両端部に該送水路内に水を導入する導入口を有する。
Various embodiments of the present invention are illustrated below. The embodiments shown below can be combined with each other.
Preferably, the body portion is provided by a plurality of connection units connected in a first direction, and each of the plurality of connection units includes a substantially rectangular bottom plate portion and a side plate portion rising from an edge of the bottom plate portion. and at least one side in the first direction is opened in the first direction.
Preferably, each of the plurality of connection units has a fitting portion on the open side, and is connected by fitting the fitting portions of two adjacent connection units together.
Preferably, the flow path is provided at a rising tip portion of the side plate portion rising from each of the edges on both sides of the edge in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and the flow path is provided along the first direction. The air passage includes an air passage for sending the air, and the air passage has an outlet for blowing out the air flowing in the air passage to the bottom plate portion side.
Preferably, the channel includes a water channel that is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the side plate portion of the bottom plate portion rises and that feeds water, and the water channel has both ends thereof for supplying water to the water channel. It has an inlet for introducing.
本発明の第1観点の第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの平面図である。1 is a plan view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention; FIG. 第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの側面図である。1 is a side view of a hydroponics panel according to a first embodiment; FIG. 第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの長辺方向の断面図であって、図1におけるIII-III断面の断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in the long-side direction, and is a cross-sectional view of the III-III cross section in FIG. 第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの短辺方向の断面図であって、図1におけるIV-IV断面の断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in the short side direction, and is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG. 1; 第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの孔の断面を拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the hydroponics panel which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 植物が挿入された状態の第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの孔の断面を拡大した断面図である。FIG. 4 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a hole in the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment in which a plant is inserted; 図7A~図7Bは、第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの製造過程における配置工程を示す断面図である。7A and 7B are cross-sectional views showing an arrangement step in the manufacturing process of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment. 図8A~図8Bは、第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの製造過程における溶着工程を示す断面図である。8A and 8B are cross-sectional views showing welding steps in the manufacturing process of the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the first embodiment. 第2実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの孔の断面を拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the hydroponics panel which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第3実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルの孔の断面を拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing which expanded the cross section of the hole of the panel for hydroponic cultivation which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 図11Aは、本発明の第2観点の実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル310の斜視図であり、図11Bは、図11A中の領域Bの拡大図である。11A is a perspective view of a hydroponics panel 310 according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, and FIG. 11B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 11A. 図12Aは、図11Aの水耕栽培用パネル310の短手方向の中央を通る断面図であり、図12Bは、図12A中の領域Bの拡大図であり、図12Cは、孔320に栽培物304を挿入した水耕栽培用パネル310を養液309上に浮かべた状態を示す、図12Bに対応する断面図である。なお、図12Bは、水耕栽培用パネル310の構造を詳細に示し、その他の図では、水耕栽培用パネル310は、図12Bよりも簡略化して図示している。12A is a cross-sectional view passing through the center of the hydroponics panel 310 in FIG. 11A in the short direction, FIG. 12B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. FIG. 12C is a cross-sectional view corresponding to FIG. 12B showing a state in which the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 with the object 304 inserted therein is floating on the nutrient solution 309; In addition, FIG. 12B shows the structure of the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 in detail, and in other figures, the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 is shown in a more simplified manner than in FIG. 12B. 第1金型321と第2金型322の間にパリソン305として第1及び第2樹脂シート305a,305bを配置した後の状態を示す断面図である。なお、図13~図20では、図示の便宜上、断面よりも奥のある部位を示す線は省略している。3 is a sectional view showing a state after first and second resin sheets 305a and 305b are arranged as a parison 305 between a first mold 321 and a second mold 322; FIG. In FIGS. 13 to 20, for convenience of illustration, lines indicating parts deeper than the cross section are omitted. 図14Aは、図13から第1リブ321a及び第2リブ322aを取り出した断面図であり、図14Bは、図14Aの第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aを互いに突き合わせた状態の断面図である。14A is a cross-sectional view of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a extracted from FIG. 13, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a of FIG. 14A butted against each other. . 図14の状態から、第1金型321,第2金型322で、第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bを賦形した後の状態を示す断面図である。FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after forming a first resin sheet 305a and a second resin sheet 305b with a first mold 321 and a second mold 322 from the state of FIG. 14; 図15の状態から、第1金型321,第2金型322を閉じた後の状態を示す断面図である。16 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed from the state of FIG. 15; FIG. 図17Aは、図16から第1リブ321a,第2リブ322a近傍の部位を抜き出した断面図であり、図17Bは、図17Aから第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aを除いた状態を示し、図17Cは、図17Bから第2リブ322aの先端面322gが押し付けられた部位320gの外縁320hに沿って溶着部307を除去した後の状態を示す。17A is a cross-sectional view of a portion near the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a extracted from FIG. 16, and FIG. 17B shows a state in which the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are removed from FIG. FIG. 17C shows the state after removing the welded portion 307 from FIG. 17B along the outer edge 320h of the portion 320g against which the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a is pressed. 図18A~図18Cは、それぞれ、図17A~図17Cに対応し、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2にずれが生じた場合の状態を示す。FIGS. 18A to 18C correspond to FIGS. 17A to 17C, respectively, and show states in which the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced. 図19A~図19Cは、それぞれ、図17A~図17Cに対応し、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの外縁321h,322hが一致している比較例を示す。19A-19C correspond to FIGS. 17A-17C, respectively, and show a comparative example in which the outer edges 321h, 322h of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are aligned. 図20A、図20B及び図20Dは、それぞれ、図19A~図19Cに対応し、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの外縁321h,322hが一致している比較例において、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2にずれが生じた場合の状態を示す。図20Cは、図20B中の領域Bの拡大図であり、図20Eは、図20D中の領域Eの拡大図である。FIGS. 20A, 20B, and 20D correspond to FIGS. 19A to 19C, respectively, and show the comparative example in which the outer edges 321h and 322h of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are aligned. This shows a state in which the center positions C1 and C2 of the two ribs 322a are displaced. 20C is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 20B, and FIG. 20E is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 20D. 本発明の第3観点の第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410を示し、図21Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図21Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。Fig. 21A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and Fig. 21B is a perspective view seen from the back side. 本発明の第3観点の第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を示し、図22Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図22Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。A hydroponics panel system 413 of the first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 22A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 22B is a perspective view seen from the back side. . 図23A及び図23Bは、それぞれ、図22A中のA-A断面図及びB-B断面図である。23A and 23B are sectional views taken along lines AA and BB in FIG. 22A, respectively. 本発明の第3観点の第2実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410を示し、図24Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図24Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。Fig. 24A shows a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, and Fig. 24B is a perspective view of the back side. 本発明の第3観点の第2実施形態の水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を示し、図25Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図25Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。A hydroponics panel system 413 of a second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 25A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 25B is a perspective view seen from the back side. . 本発明の第3観点の第3実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410を示し、図26Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図26Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。Fig. 26A shows a perspective view of a hydroponics panel 410 according to a third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, and Fig. 26B is a perspective view of the back side. 本発明の第3観点の第3実施形態の水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を示し、図27Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図27Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。A hydroponics panel system 413 of a third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 27A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 27B is a perspective view seen from the back side. . 図28A及び図28Bは、それぞれ、図27A中のA-A断面図及びB-B断面図である。28A and 28B are cross-sectional views taken along lines AA and BB in FIG. 27A, respectively. 本発明の第3観点の第4実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410を示し、図29Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図29Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。Fig. 29A shows a perspective view of a hydroponic cultivation panel 410 according to a fourth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, and Fig. 29B is a perspective view of the back side. 図30Aは、図29Aの水耕栽培用パネル410を斜め左下から見た斜視図であり、図30Bは、図29Aの水耕栽培用パネル410を斜め右下から見た斜視図である。30A is a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of FIG. 29A as seen diagonally from the lower left, and FIG. 30B is a perspective view of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of FIG. 29A as seen diagonally from the lower right. 本発明の第3観点の第4実施形態の水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を示し、図31Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図31Bは、裏面側から見た斜視図である。A hydroponics panel system 413 of a fourth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention is shown, FIG. 31A is a perspective view seen from the front side, and FIG. 31B is a perspective view seen from the back side. . 図32A及び図32Bは、それぞれ、図31A中のA-A断面図及びB-B断面図である。32A and 32B are sectional views taken along line AA and line BB in FIG. 31A, respectively. 図33A及び図33Bは、第3観点の第5実施形態の水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、図22中のA-A断面及びB-B断面に相当する部位の断面図である。33A and 33B are cross-sectional views of portions corresponding to cross sections AA and BB in FIG. 22 in the hydroponic cultivation panel system 413 of the fifth embodiment of the third aspect. 本発明の第3観点の第6実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410を示し、図34Aは、おもて面側から見た斜視図、図34Bは、図34A中の領域Bの拡大図、図34Cは、裏面側から見た斜視図、図34Dは、図34C中の領域Dの拡大図である。Fig. 34A shows a hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of a sixth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention, Fig. 34A is a perspective view seen from the front side, Fig. 34B is an enlarged view of region B in Fig. 34A; 34C is a perspective view seen from the back side, and FIG. 34D is an enlarged view of region D in FIG. 34C. 図35Aは、図34の水耕栽培用パネル410を2枚並べた状態の平面図であり、図35Bは、図35A中の領域Bの拡大図である。係合凹部402f、ベース凹部402g、係合壁402hは、上方からは視認できないが、図35では、便宜上、点線でこれらの構成を図示している。35A is a plan view of two hydroponic cultivation panels 410 of FIG. 34 arranged side by side, and FIG. 35B is an enlarged view of area B in FIG. 35A. The engaging recess 402f, the base recess 402g, and the engaging wall 402h cannot be visually recognized from above, but in FIG. 35, these configurations are illustrated by dotted lines for convenience. 図36Aは、図35Bと同じ領域についての、係合突起401f、ベース凹部402g、及び係合凹部402fを通る面の断面図である。図36Bは、図36Aの状態から右パネル412を左パネル411に対して斜め下方にずらした状態を示す。なお、図36及び図37では、図示の便宜上、水耕栽培用パネル410は中実で表している。FIG. 36A is a cross-sectional view of the same area as FIG. 35B taken through the engaging projection 401f, the base recess 402g, and the engaging recess 402f. FIG. 36B shows a state in which the right panel 412 is shifted obliquely downward with respect to the left panel 411 from the state in FIG. 36A. 36 and 37, for convenience of illustration, the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is shown solid. 図37Aは、図36Bの状態からガイド構造410cでガイドしながら右パネル412を左パネル411に近づけた後の状態を示す。図37Bは、図37Aの状態から、右パネル412を左パネル411に対して上方にずらした状態を示す。FIG. 37A shows the state after the right panel 412 is brought closer to the left panel 411 while being guided by the guide structure 410c from the state of FIG. 36B. FIG. 37B shows a state in which the right panel 412 is shifted upward with respect to the left panel 411 from the state in FIG. 37A. 図37B中のA-A断面図である。FIG. 37B is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 37B; 本発明の第4観点の実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドの斜視図である。Fig. 10 is a perspective view of a hydroponic cultivation bed according to an embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention; 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドを構成する各連結ユニットを分離した状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which each connection unit constituting the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment is separated; 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドの中間連結ユニットを上面側から視た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the intermediate|middle connection unit of the bed for hydroponic cultivation which concerns on embodiment from the upper surface side. 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドの中間連結ユニットを下面側から視た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the intermediate|middle connection unit of the bed for hydroponic cultivation which concerns on embodiment from the lower surface side. 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドにおいて隣り合う連結ユニットの嵌合態様を示す断面図であって、図39におけるV-V断面の断面図である。FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a fitting mode of adjacent connection units in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VV in FIG. 39. FIG. 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドにおいて隣り合う連結ユニットの嵌合態様を示す斜視図である。FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a fitting mode of adjacent connection units in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment. 実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッドにおいて各連結ユニットがホース部材で接続された状態を下面側から視た斜視図である。FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which each connection unit is connected by a hose member in the hydroponic cultivation bed according to the embodiment, viewed from the bottom side.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について説明する。以下に示す実施形態中で示した各種特徴事項は、互いに組み合わせ可能である。また、各特徴について独立して発明が成立する。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Various features shown in the embodiments shown below can be combined with each other. In addition, the invention is established independently for each feature.
(第1観点の実施形態)
 図1~図8を参照して本発明の第1観点の第1実施形態について説明する。図1に示すように、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10は、平面視長方形状のパネル状の部材であり、養液上に浮かべられて水耕栽培に用いられるものである。水耕栽培用パネル10は、その短辺方向の寸法が例えば60cmであり、長辺方向の寸法が例えば90cmであり、厚みが例えば3cmである。以下では、水耕栽培用パネル10における短辺方向を前後方向、長辺方向を左右方向として説明する。
(Embodiment of the first aspect)
A first embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8. FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment is a panel-shaped member having a rectangular shape in a plan view, and is used for hydroponic cultivation by being floated on a nutrient solution. The hydroponics panel 10 has a dimension in the short side direction of, for example, 60 cm, a dimension in the long side direction of, for example, 90 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 3 cm. Hereinafter, the short side direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 will be described as the front-rear direction, and the long side direction as the left-right direction.
 水耕栽培用パネル10には、複数の孔20が所定の間隔で規則的に設けられている。これらの孔20は、上下方向に貫通しており、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10a側及び下面10b側(図2参照)に開口している。各孔20には、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10a側から水耕栽培を行う植物が挿入される。なお、水耕栽培用パネル10の前後左右方向の端縁寄りの4箇所には、凹状に窪んでなり、水耕栽培用パネル10を持ち運ぶ際に把持部とされる取手12がそれぞれ設けられている。 A plurality of holes 20 are regularly provided at predetermined intervals in the hydroponics panel 10 . These holes 20 penetrate in the vertical direction and open on the upper surface 10a side and the lower surface 10b side of the hydroponics panel 10 (see FIG. 2). A plant to be hydroponically cultivated is inserted into each hole 20 from the upper surface 10 a side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 . In addition, handles 12 which are recessed in a concave shape and serve as a grip portion when carrying the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 are provided at four locations near the edges in the front, rear, left, and right directions of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 . there is
 図2に示すように、水耕栽培用パネル10は、二枚のシート状部材が互いに貼り合わされることにより形成されている。これらの二枚のシート状部材は、例えば発泡スチロールのように発泡ビーズを膨らませることにより形成されたものではなく、非発泡材料により形成されている。具体的には、水耕栽培用パネル10は、それぞれ硬質プラスチックからなる上面側シート30と下面側シート40とが互いに貼り合わされて溶着されることにより形成されている。このように水耕栽培用パネル10を硬質プラスチックのような強度の高い材料で形成することにより、発泡スチロール等により形成されたパネルに比べて水耕栽培用パネル10の洗浄を容易に行うことができる。水耕栽培用パネル10が水耕栽培に用いられる場合、下面側シート40側が養液N(図6参照)に浸かるように水耕栽培用パネル10が養液N上に浮かべられる。 As shown in FIG. 2, the hydroponics panel 10 is formed by bonding two sheet-like members together. These two sheet-like members are not formed by inflating foamed beads such as styrofoam, but are formed of a non-foamed material. Specifically, the hydroponics panel 10 is formed by bonding and welding an upper surface side sheet 30 and a lower surface side sheet 40 each made of hard plastic. By forming the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 from a high-strength material such as hard plastic in this manner, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be washed more easily than a panel formed from expanded polystyrene or the like. . When the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is used for hydroponics, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is floated on the nutrient solution N so that the bottom sheet 40 side is immersed in the nutrient solution N (see FIG. 6).
 図3に示すように、水耕栽培用パネル10の前後方向中央部では、左右方向に沿って等間隔で5つの孔20が設けられている。また、図4に示すように、水耕栽培用パネル10の左右方向端縁側では、前後方向に沿って等間隔で4つの孔20が設けられている。各孔20は、その断面が略ハの字状となっており、その開口径が水耕栽培用パネル10の下面側に向けて漸次大きくなっている。水耕栽培用パネル10に設けられた各孔20は、いずれも同形状で同サイズとされる。 As shown in FIG. 3, five holes 20 are provided at regular intervals along the left-right direction in the front-rear center of the hydroponics panel 10 . Further, as shown in FIG. 4 , four holes 20 are provided at equal intervals along the front-rear direction on the lateral edge side of the hydroponics panel 10 . Each hole 20 has a substantially V-shaped cross section, and the opening diameter gradually increases toward the lower surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 . Each hole 20 provided in the hydroponics panel 10 has the same shape and size.
 水耕栽培用パネル10では、上面側シート30と下面側シート40の間が中空となっている。即ち、水耕栽培用パネル10は、その外周縁である環状部分において上面側シート30と下面側シート40の間が溶着されており、内部が中空とされている。各孔20は、その一部が上面側シート30に設けられており、残りの部分が下面側シート40に設けられている。 In the hydroponics panel 10, the space between the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40 is hollow. That is, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 has an annular portion, which is the outer peripheral edge, welded between the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40, and the inside is hollow. A portion of each hole 20 is provided in the upper surface side sheet 30 and the remaining portion is provided in the lower surface side sheet 40 .
 次に、各孔20の形状について詳しく説明する。図5に示すように、孔20は、上下方向に貫通しており、上面側シート30に設けられた上面側開口部32と下面側シート40に設けられた下面側開口部42とが上下方向に連通することにより構成されている。即ち、上面側開口部32は上面側シート30の一部が中空とされた水耕栽培用パネル10の内部側に屈曲することにより形成されており、下面側開口部42は下面側シート40の一部が水耕栽培用パネル10の内部側に屈曲することにより形成されている。上面側開口部32は、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10a側に開口しており、上面10a側に向けて漸次拡径する形で傾斜するテーパ状となっている。 Next, the shape of each hole 20 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 5, the hole 20 penetrates in the vertical direction, and the upper side opening 32 provided in the upper side sheet 30 and the lower side opening 42 provided in the lower side sheet 40 It is configured by communicating with That is, the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by bending a part of the upper surface side sheet 30 toward the inside of the hollow hydroponic cultivation panel 10 , and the lower surface side opening 42 is formed by bending the lower surface side sheet 40 . A portion thereof is formed by bending toward the inside of the hydroponics panel 10 . The upper surface side opening 32 is opened on the upper surface 10a side of the hydroponics panel 10, and has a tapered shape that gradually increases in diameter toward the upper surface 10a side.
 下面側開口部42は、水耕栽培用パネル10の下面10b側に開口しており、上面側開口部32と連通する部分から下面10b側に向けて漸次拡径する形で二段階に傾斜するテーパ状となっている。具体的には、下面側開口部42は、上面側開口部32から連なる第1テーパ部42a、及び第1テーパ部42aから連なり、第1テーパ部42aより傾斜角度が緩やかな第2テーパ部42bを有している。このため、第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部位では水耕栽培用パネル10の厚み(第1テーパ部42aと上面10aとの間の幅)が薄くなっている。 The lower surface side opening 42 is opened on the lower surface 10b side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, and is inclined in two stages in a form that gradually expands in diameter from a portion communicating with the upper surface side opening 32 toward the lower surface 10b side. It has a tapered shape. Specifically, the lower surface side opening 42 includes a first tapered portion 42a that continues from the upper surface side opening 32, and a second tapered portion 42b that continues from the first tapered portion 42a and has a gentler inclination angle than the first tapered portion 42a. have. Therefore, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 10 (the width between the first tapered portion 42a and the upper surface 10a) is thin at the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided.
 下面側開口部42では、水耕栽培用パネル10の法線方向(図5において破線矢印で示す方向)に対する第1テーパ部42aの傾斜角度θ1は20~90度の範囲内であり、好ましくは40~90度の範囲内である。水耕栽培用パネル10の法線方向に対する第2テーパ部42bの傾斜角度θ2は、第1テーパ部42aの傾斜角度θ1よりも小さい角度とされ、0~30度の範囲内であり、好ましくは10~20度の範囲内である。また、下面側開口部42の開口径D2は、上面側開口部32の開口径D1より大きくされている(例えば開口径D1が25mm、開口径D2が47mm)。 In the lower surface side opening 42, the inclination angle θ1 of the first tapered portion 42a with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponics panel 10 (the direction indicated by the dashed arrow in FIG. 5) is within the range of 20 to 90 degrees, preferably It is in the range of 40-90 degrees. The inclination angle θ2 of the second tapered portion 42b with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponics panel 10 is set to be smaller than the inclination angle θ1 of the first tapered portion 42a, and is within the range of 0 to 30 degrees, preferably. It is in the range of 10-20 degrees. The opening diameter D2 of the lower opening 42 is larger than the opening diameter D1 of the upper opening 32 (for example, the opening diameter D1 is 25 mm and the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm).
 水耕栽培用パネル10を用いて水耕栽培を行う場合、図6に示すように、各孔20の上面側開口部32に、植物Pが担持されたスポンジ等の栓体50が嵌め込まれる。即ち、栓体50は、上面側開口部32に保持される。上面側開口部32における栓体50の保持力は、上面側開口部32と連なる第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部位における水耕栽培用パネル10の厚みに依存する。上面側開口部32に栓体50が嵌め込まれた状態では、栓体50の周りには、養液Nと下面側開口部42によって囲まれる空間Sが形成される。このため、空間Sから植物Pの根に空気が補給され、植物Pの成長を促進させることができる。 When hydroponics is performed using the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, plugs 50 such as sponges carrying plants P are fitted into the upper openings 32 of the holes 20, as shown in FIG. That is, the plug 50 is held in the upper opening 32 . The holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 depends on the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 at the portion where the first tapered portion 42a connected to the upper opening 32 is provided. When the plug 50 is fitted in the upper opening 32 , a space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower opening 42 is formed around the plug 50 . Therefore, air is supplied to the roots of the plant P from the space S, and the growth of the plant P can be promoted.
 なお、水耕栽培用パネル10では、上面側シート30は白色とされていることが好ましく、下面側シート40は黒色とされていることが好ましい。白色のシートは太陽光の反射率が高いので、上面側シート30では太陽光が効率良く反射され、植物Pに十分な太陽光を供給することができる。一方、黒色のシートは太陽光の透過率が低いので、太陽光が下面側シート40を透過して養液N上に届くことを抑制することができ、養液N上に藻等が繁殖することを抑制することができる。 In addition, in the hydroponics panel 10, the upper surface side sheet 30 is preferably white, and the lower surface side sheet 40 is preferably black. Since the white sheet has a high reflectance of sunlight, sunlight is efficiently reflected by the upper surface side sheet 30, and sufficient sunlight can be supplied to the plants P. On the other hand, since the black sheet has a low transmittance of sunlight, it is possible to prevent sunlight from penetrating through the lower surface side sheet 40 and reaching the nutrient solution N, and algae and the like grow on the nutrient solution N. can be suppressed.
 ここで図5に戻り、各孔20における上面側開口部32、第1テーパ部42a、及び第2テーパ部42bの幅の関係について説明する。下面側開口部42において、第2テーパ部42bの横幅(水平方向寸法)W1と、第1テーパ部42aの横幅(水平方向寸法)W2の間には、W1≦W2の関係式が成立する。この場合、両者の比は、1≦W2/W1≦4であり、好ましくは1.05≦W2/W1≦3である。両者の比が4より大きいと、第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部位が大きくなり、水耕栽培用パネル10の厚みが薄い箇所が増えるため、上面側開口部32において栓体50を保持する際の強度が低下する。このため、両者の比を4以下とすることにより、上面側開口部32において栓体50を保持する際の強度を確保することができる。 Here, referring back to FIG. 5, the relationship between the widths of the upper opening 32, the first tapered portion 42a, and the second tapered portion 42b in each hole 20 will be described. In the lower surface side opening 42, a relational expression of W1≤W2 is established between the width (horizontal dimension) W1 of the second tapered portion 42b and the width (horizontal dimension) W2 of the first tapered portion 42a. In this case, the ratio of both is 1≤W2/W1≤4, preferably 1.05≤W2/W1≤3. If the ratio of the two is greater than 4, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the portion where the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is thin increases. strength decreases. Therefore, by setting the ratio of the two to 4 or less, it is possible to secure strength when the stopper 50 is held in the upper opening 32 .
 また、上記横幅W1、W2と、上面側開口部32の縦幅(上下方向寸法)W3と、下面側開口部42の縦幅(上下方向寸法)W4との間には、0.2≦(W1+W2)/(W3+W4)≦0.9の関係式が成立し、好ましくは0.3≦(W1+W2)/(W3+W4)≦0.6である。W1+W2とW3+W4の比が0.2より小さいと、養液Nと下面側開口部42によって囲まれる空間Sが狭くなり、植物Pの成長を十分に促進させることができない。一方、W1+W2とW3+W4の比が0.9より大きいと、第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部位が大きくなり、上面側開口部32において栓体50を保持する際の強度が低下する。W1+W2とW3+W4の比を上記の範囲内とすることにより、植物Pの成長を促進させつつ、上面側開口部32における栓体50の保持力を高めることができる。 Further, the widths W1 and W2, the vertical width (vertical dimension) W3 of the upper surface side opening 32, and the vertical width (vertical dimension) W4 of the lower surface side opening 42 are 0.2≦( A relational expression of W1+W2)/(W3+W4)≦0.9 holds, preferably 0.3≦(W1+W2)/(W3+W4)≦0.6. If the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 is less than 0.2, the space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the bottom side opening 42 becomes narrow, and the growth of the plant P cannot be promoted sufficiently. On the other hand, if the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 is greater than 0.9, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the strength of holding the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 decreases. By setting the ratio of W1+W2 and W3+W4 within the above range, the growth of the plant P can be promoted and the holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 can be increased.
 また、上記縦幅W3,W4には、1≦W4/W3≦10の関係式が成立し、好ましくは3≦W4/W3≦7である。両者の比が3小さいと、養液Nと下面側開口部42によって囲まれる空間Sが狭くなり、植物Pの成長を十分に促進させることができない。一方、両者の比が7より大きいと、第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部位が大きくなり、上面側開口部32において栓体50を保持する際の強度が低下する。両者の比を上記の範囲内とすることにより、植物Pの成長を促進させつつ、上面側開口部32における栓体50の保持力を高めることができる。 In addition, the vertical widths W3 and W4 satisfy a relational expression of 1≤W4/W3≤10, preferably 3≤W4/W3≤7. If the ratio of the two is smaller than 3, the space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 becomes narrow, and the growth of the plant P cannot be promoted sufficiently. On the other hand, if the ratio of the two is greater than 7, the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided becomes large, and the strength of holding the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 decreases. By setting the ratio between the two within the above range, it is possible to promote the growth of the plant P and enhance the holding force of the plug 50 in the upper opening 32 .
 なお、上記横幅W1,W2,上記縦幅W3,W4が上述した数値範囲を満たすとき、上記縦幅W3,W4と、第2テーパ部42bの縦幅(上下方向寸法)W5との間には、0.5≦W5/(W3+W4)≦0.9の関係式が成立し、好ましくは0.6≦W5/(W3+W4)≦0.7である。 When the horizontal widths W1, W2 and the vertical widths W3, W4 satisfy the numerical ranges described above, there is a gap between the vertical widths W3, W4 and the vertical width (vertical dimension) W5 of the second tapered portion 42b. , 0.5≦W5/(W3+W4)≦0.9, preferably 0.6≦W5/(W3+W4)≦0.7.
 次に、水耕栽培用パネル10の製造方法について説明する。本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10は、樹脂成形装置60により形成される。樹脂成形装置60は、対向配置された2台の樹脂供給装置を備えており、第1溶融樹脂シート30a、及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aを成形する(図7参照)。樹脂成形装置60により成形される第1溶融樹脂シート30a及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aの外側には、それぞれ第1金型61及び第2金型62が配置されている。 Next, a method for manufacturing the hydroponics panel 10 will be described. The hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to this embodiment is formed by a resin molding device 60 . The resin molding apparatus 60 includes two resin supply apparatuses arranged opposite to each other, and molds the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a (see FIG. 7). A first mold 61 and a second mold 62 are arranged outside the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a molded by the resin molding apparatus 60, respectively.
 図7Aに示すように、第1金型61及び第2金型62は、対向配置されている。第1金型61及び第2金型62の外周には、それぞれ型枠63,64が設けられている。第1金型61には、第1金型61のキャビティ61a内に囲まれた空間を減圧する真空ポンプ(不図示)が設けられている。同様に、第2金型62にも、第2金型62のキャビティ62a内に囲まれた空間を減圧する真空ポンプ(不図示)が設けられている。水耕栽培用パネル10の製造過程では、第1金型61のキャビティ61a内で上面側シート30が成形され、第2金型62のキャビティ62a内で下面側シート40が成形される。 As shown in FIG. 7A, the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 are arranged to face each other. Molds 63 and 64 are provided on the outer peripheries of the first mold 61 and the second mold 62, respectively. The first mold 61 is provided with a vacuum pump (not shown) that decompresses the space surrounded by the cavity 61 a of the first mold 61 . Similarly, the second mold 62 is also provided with a vacuum pump (not shown) for depressurizing the space enclosed in the cavity 62a of the second mold 62. As shown in FIG. In the process of manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 , the upper sheet 30 is molded in the cavity 61 a of the first mold 61 and the lower sheet 40 is molded in the cavity 62 a of the second mold 62 .
 第1金型61のキャビティ61a内には、成形後の上面側シート30における各上面側開口部32と対応する各位置に、ピン頭部が上面側開口部32の開口形状と略同形状とされ、ピン軸部がキャビティ61aに挿し込まれた第1ピン(突出部)71が設けられている。即ち、第1ピン71のピン頭部は、その外面が第1金型61のキャビティ61a側に向けて漸次拡径する形で傾斜するテーパ状となっている。 In the cavity 61a of the first mold 61, pin heads having substantially the same shape as the openings of the upper surface side openings 32 are provided at positions corresponding to the upper surface side openings 32 of the upper surface side sheet 30 after molding. A first pin (protruding portion) 71 is provided, the pin shaft portion of which is inserted into the cavity 61a. That is, the pin head portion of the first pin 71 has a tapered shape in which the outer surface of the first pin 71 slopes toward the cavity 61 a side of the first mold 61 so as to gradually increase in diameter.
 一方、第2金型62のキャビティ62a内には、成形後の下面側シート40における各下面側開口部42と対応する各位置に、ピン頭部が下面側開口部42の開口形状と略同形状とされ、ピン軸部がキャビティ62aに挿し込まれた第2ピン(突出部)72が設けられている。即ち、第2ピン72のピン頭部は、その外面が第2金型62のキャビティ62a側に向けて漸次拡径する形で二段階に傾斜するテーパ状となっている。 On the other hand, in the cavity 62 a of the second mold 62 , pin heads having substantially the same shape as the openings of the lower openings 42 are provided at positions corresponding to the lower openings 42 of the lower sheet 40 after molding. A second pin (protrusion) 72 is provided which is shaped and has a pin shank inserted into the cavity 62a. That is, the pin head portion of the second pin 72 has a tapered shape in which the outer surface of the second pin 72 is tapered in two stages in a manner that the diameter thereof gradually increases toward the cavity 62a side of the second mold 62 .
 水耕栽培用パネル10の製造過程では、まず、樹脂供給装置により、第1溶融樹脂シート30a及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aを、第1金型61及び第2金型62の間に垂下する。次に、図7Aに示すように、型枠63を第1溶融樹脂シート30aに向けて移動させて第1溶融樹脂シート30aのシート面に当接させる。同様に、型枠64を第2溶融樹脂シート40aに向けて移動させて第2溶融樹脂シート40aのシート面に当接させる。 In the manufacturing process of the hydroponics panel 10, first, the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are suspended between the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 by the resin supply device. Next, as shown in FIG. 7A, the mold 63 is moved toward the first molten resin sheet 30a and brought into contact with the sheet surface of the first molten resin sheet 30a. Similarly, the mold 64 is moved toward the second molten resin sheet 40a and brought into contact with the sheet surface of the second molten resin sheet 40a.
 次に、図7Bに示すように、型枠63と第1金型61とを相対的に近づけるとともに、第1溶融樹脂シート30a,キャビティ61a、及び型枠63とで形成される空間内を減圧して、第1溶融樹脂シート30aを第1金型61のキャビティ61a内に配置して賦形させる。同様に、型枠64と第2金型62とを相対的に近づけるとともに、第2溶融樹脂シート40a,キャビティ62a、及び型枠64とで形成される空間内を減圧して、第2溶融樹脂シート40aを第2金型62のキャビティ62a内に配置して賦形させる(配置工程)。 Next, as shown in FIG. 7B, the mold 63 and the first mold 61 are brought relatively close to each other, and the space formed by the first molten resin sheet 30a, the cavity 61a, and the mold 63 is decompressed. Then, the first molten resin sheet 30a is placed in the cavity 61a of the first mold 61 and shaped. Similarly, the mold 64 and the second mold 62 are brought relatively close to each other, and the space formed by the second molten resin sheet 40a, the cavity 62a, and the mold 64 is decompressed to obtain the second molten resin. The sheet 40a is placed in the cavity 62a of the second mold 62 and shaped (placement step).
 配置工程では、キャビティ61a内に配置された第1溶融樹脂シート30aにおける第1ピン71と重なる位置に、第1ピン71によって上面側開口部32が賦形される。また、キャビティ62a内に配置された第2溶融樹脂シート40aにおける第2ピン72と重なる位置に、第2ピン72によって下面側開口部42が賦形される。このように、上面側開口部32は第1溶融樹脂シート30aの一部が賦形されて製造後の水耕栽培用パネル10における内部側に屈曲することにより形成され、下面側開口部42は第2溶融樹脂シート40aの一部が賦形されて製造後の水耕栽培用パネル10における内部側に屈曲することにより形成される。 In the arranging step, the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by the first pin 71 at a position overlapping the first pin 71 in the first molten resin sheet 30a arranged in the cavity 61a. In addition, the second pin 72 forms a lower surface side opening 42 at a position overlapping the second pin 72 in the second molten resin sheet 40a arranged in the cavity 62a. As described above, the upper surface side opening 32 is formed by bending a portion of the first molten resin sheet 30a into a shape and bending toward the inside of the manufactured hydroponic cultivation panel 10, and the lower surface side opening 42 is formed by A portion of the second molten resin sheet 40a is shaped and bent toward the inside of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 after manufacturing.
 次に、図8Aに示すように、第1溶融樹脂シート30aがキャビティ61a内に賦形された第1金型61と、第2溶融樹脂シート40aがキャビティ62a内に賦形された第2金型62とを相対的に接近させ、環状のピンチオフ部61b,62b同士が当接するまで型締めする。これにより、第1溶融樹脂シート30aと第2溶融樹脂シート40aは、外周縁のピンチオフ部61b,62bに沿って互いに溶着されるとともに、第1ピン71と第2ピン72の間で挟まれた部分において互いに溶着され(溶着工程)、その他の部分では、両者の間が中空となる。その後、第1金型61及び第2金型62を型開きさせ、互いに溶着された第1溶融樹脂シート30a及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aを取り出す。 Next, as shown in FIG. 8A, a first mold 61 with a first molten resin sheet 30a formed in a cavity 61a and a second mold with a second molten resin sheet 40a formed in a cavity 62a. The dies 62 are brought relatively close to each other, and the dies are clamped until the annular pinch-off portions 61b and 62b come into contact with each other. As a result, the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are welded to each other along the pinch-off portions 61b and 62b of the outer periphery, and sandwiched between the first pin 71 and the second pin 72. Some parts are welded together (welding process), and other parts are hollow between the two. After that, the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 are opened, and the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a welded to each other are taken out.
 図8Bに示すように、第1金型61及び第2金型62から取り出された第1溶融樹脂シート30aは上面側シート30となり、第2溶融樹脂シート40aは下面側シート40となる。この状態では、第1溶融樹脂シート30aに賦形された上面側開口部32と第2溶融樹脂シート40aに賦形された下面側開口部42の間が連通しておらず、両者の境界部分には第1溶融樹脂シート30aと第2溶融樹脂シート40aが溶着されて接合された接合部Jが形成されている。そこで、各接合部Jを切り取り、各上面側開口部32と各下面側開口部42との間を連通させることにより、水耕栽培用パネル10における孔20が設けられる。以上の手順により、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10を製造することができる。 As shown in FIG. 8B, the first molten resin sheet 30a removed from the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 becomes the upper surface side sheet 30, and the second molten resin sheet 40a becomes the lower surface side sheet 40. In this state, the upper surface side opening 32 formed in the first molten resin sheet 30a and the lower surface side opening 42 formed in the second molten resin sheet 40a are not communicated with each other, and the boundary portion between the two is not communicated. A joint J is formed in which the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are welded and joined. Therefore, the holes 20 in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 are provided by cutting off the joints J and connecting the upper openings 32 and the lower openings 42 . According to the above procedure, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment can be manufactured.
 以上のようにして製造された水耕栽培用パネル10では、上面側シート30の一部が内部側に屈曲することにより形成された各孔20の上面側開口部32に、植物Pが担持された栓体50を嵌め込むことができる。そして、下面側シート40の一部が内部側に屈曲することにより形成された各孔20の下面側開口部42は、下面10b側に向けて漸次拡径する形状となっている。このため、各孔20では、開口の内面が水平方向に拡がった形状である場合に比べて下面側開口部42と上面10aとの間の幅を大きくすることができ、水耕栽培用パネル10の厚みを十分に確保することができる。 In the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 manufactured as described above, the plants P are held in the upper surface side openings 32 of the holes 20 formed by bending a part of the upper surface side sheet 30 inward. A plug body 50 can be fitted. A lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 formed by bending a part of the lower surface side sheet 40 inward has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface 10b side. Therefore, in each hole 20, the width between the lower surface side opening 42 and the upper surface 10a can be increased compared to the case where the inner surface of the opening has a shape that spreads in the horizontal direction, and the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 thickness can be sufficiently secured.
 さらに、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10では、上面側シート30及び下面側シート40が非発泡材料である硬質プラスチックで形成されており、内部が中空とされていることにより、軽量化を図りつつ、発泡スチロール等よりも高い剛性を確保することができる。その結果、各孔20が設けられた部分においても、水耕栽培用パネル10の強度を十分に確保することができ、栓体50に担持された植物Pが成長して各孔20に加わる荷重が大きくなった場合でも水耕栽培用パネル10の耐久性を保つことができる。 Furthermore, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment, the upper surface side sheet 30 and the lower surface side sheet 40 are made of hard plastic, which is a non-foaming material, and the inside is hollow, thereby reducing the weight. While achieving the above, it is possible to ensure a higher rigidity than that of foamed polystyrene or the like. As a result, sufficient strength of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be ensured even in the portions where the holes 20 are provided, and the load applied to the holes 20 by the growth of the plant P supported by the plugs 50 is increased. The durability of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be maintained even when the height increases.
 さらに、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10では、各孔20の下面側開口部42が下面10b側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされているため、水耕栽培用パネル10が養液N上に浮かべられた状態で、栓体50の周りに養液Nと下面側開口部42によって囲まれる広い空間Sを確保することができる。このため、植物Pの根に十分な空気を補給させることができ、植物Pの成長を効果的に促進させることができる。以上のように本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10は、パネルの強度を確保しながら、植物Pの成長を促進させることができる。 Furthermore, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment, the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 has a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface 10b side. A wide space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 can be secured around the plug 50 while floating on the liquid N. Therefore, the roots of the plant P can be supplied with sufficient air, and the growth of the plant P can be effectively promoted. As described above, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment can promote the growth of the plant P while ensuring the strength of the panel.
 また、水耕栽培用パネル10では、各孔20の下面側開口部42は、水耕栽培用パネル10の法線方向に対する傾斜角度が下面側に向けて漸次小さくなる形で多段階に傾斜する。この構成によれば、下面側開口部42について、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10aと第1テーパ部42aとの間の厚みを確保しながら、下面10b側に向けて漸次拡径する形とするための具体的な構成を提供することができる。 In addition, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 is inclined in multiple stages in such a manner that the inclination angle with respect to the normal line direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 gradually decreases toward the lower surface side. . According to this configuration, the lower surface side opening 42 has a shape in which the diameter gradually expands toward the lower surface 10b side while ensuring the thickness between the upper surface 10a of the hydroponics panel 10 and the first tapered portion 42a. It is possible to provide a specific configuration for
 また、水耕栽培用パネル10は、上面10a側に設けられた上面側シート30と下面10b側に設けられた下面側シート40が互いに貼り合わされてなり、下面側開口部42は、下面側シート40の一部が内部側に屈曲することにより形成されている。この構成によれば、二枚のシートを貼り合わせて形成される水耕栽培用パネル10において、栓体50の周りに養液Nと下面側開口部42によって囲まれる広い空間Sを確保するための具体的な構成を提供することができる。 In addition, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is formed by bonding together an upper surface side sheet 30 provided on the upper surface 10a side and a lower surface side sheet 40 provided on the lower surface 10b side. A part of 40 is formed by bending inward. According to this configuration, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 formed by bonding two sheets together, a wide space S surrounded by the nutrient solution N and the lower surface side opening 42 is secured around the plug 50. can provide a specific configuration of
 また、水耕栽培用パネル10では、下面側開口部42は、上面側開口部32から連なる第1テーパ部42a、及び第1テーパ部42aから連なる第2テーパ部42bを有する二段階に傾斜するテーパ状とされ、水耕栽培用パネル10の法線方向に対する第1テーパ部42aの傾斜角度θ1が60度である。この構成によれば、第1テーパ部42aが設けられた部分において水耕栽培用パネル10の厚みを確保しながら下面10b側に向けて開口が拡径するようにするための、第1テーパ部42aの最適な傾斜角度を提供することができる。 In addition, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, the lower surface side opening 42 is inclined in two stages having a first tapered portion 42a continuing from the upper surface side opening 32 and a second tapered portion 42b continuing from the first tapered portion 42a. It is tapered, and the inclination angle θ1 of the first tapered portion 42a with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 is 60 degrees. According to this configuration, the first tapered portion for expanding the diameter of the opening toward the lower surface 10b side while ensuring the thickness of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 in the portion where the first tapered portion 42a is provided. An optimal tilt angle of 42a can be provided.
 また、水耕栽培用パネル10では、各孔20の上面側開口部32は、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10a側に向けて漸次拡径する形で傾斜するテーパ状とされている。これにより、各孔20では、水耕栽培用パネル10の上面10a側に向かうにつれてその開口径が大きくなるため、上面側開口部32に植物Pが担持された栓体50を嵌め込み易くすることができる。 Further, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 , the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 is tapered so that the diameter gradually increases toward the upper surface 10 a of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 . As a result, since the opening diameter of each hole 20 increases toward the upper surface 10a of the hydroponic cultivation panel 10, the plug 50 carrying the plant P can be easily fitted into the upper surface side opening 32. can.
 また、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10の製造方法は、複数の孔20が設けられた水耕栽培用パネル10の製造方法であって、第1溶融樹脂シート30aを第1金型61に配置するとともに第2溶融樹脂シート40aを第2金型62に配置する配置工程と、第1金型61と第2金型62を型締めして第1溶融樹脂シート30aと第2溶融樹脂シート40aを溶着する溶着工程と、を備え、配置工程は、ピン頭部の外面が第1金型61側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされた第1ピン71を第1金型61に設け、第1ピン71を含む面上(キャビティ61a内)に第1溶融樹脂シート30aを配置することで第1溶融樹脂シート30aの第1ピン71と重なる位置に孔20を設ける。 Further, the method for manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment is a method for manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 provided with a plurality of holes 20, in which the first molten resin sheet 30a is 61 and placing the second molten resin sheet 40a in the second mold 62; and a welding step of welding the resin sheet 40a. By arranging the first molten resin sheet 30a on the surface including the first pin 71 (inside the cavity 61a), the hole 20 is provided at the position overlapping the first pin 71 of the first molten resin sheet 30a.
 この製造方法によれば、例えば硬質プラスチックのように発泡スチロールに比べて強度に優れた材料を用いて、樹脂成形装置60により第1溶融樹脂シート30a及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aを成形し、成形した第1溶融樹脂シート30a及び第2溶融樹脂シート40aを配置工程において第1金型61及び第2金型62に沿って賦形させることができる。そして、配置工程では、第1溶融樹脂シート30aのうち第1ピン71と重なる位置が第1ピン71のピン頭部の外面に沿って賦形され、漸次拡径する形状とされた下面側開口部42が製造後の水耕栽培用パネル10の孔20の一部として形成される。 According to this manufacturing method, the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a are molded by the resin molding apparatus 60 using a material such as hard plastic, which is superior in strength to styrofoam. The first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a can be shaped along the first mold 61 and the second mold 62 in the placement step. In the arranging step, the position of the first molten resin sheet 30a that overlaps the first pin 71 is shaped along the outer surface of the pin head portion of the first pin 71, and the lower surface side opening is formed into a shape that gradually expands in diameter. Portion 42 is formed as part of hole 20 in hydroponic panel 10 after manufacture.
 その後、溶着工程において、第1溶融樹脂シート30aと第2溶融樹脂シート40aについて、両者の間が中空とされた形で両者の外周縁及び上面側開口部32と下面側開口部42との間を溶着することができる。そして、溶着工程後に上面側開口部32と下面側開口部42との間を連通させて孔20を形成することにより、水耕栽培用パネル10を製造することができる。このため、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10の製造方法では、パネルの強度を確保しながら植物Pの成長を促進させることが可能な水耕栽培用パネル10を、強度に優れた材料を用いて製造することができる。 After that, in the welding step, the outer peripheral edges of the first molten resin sheet 30a and the second molten resin sheet 40a and the space between the upper surface side opening 32 and the lower surface side opening 42 are formed in such a manner that the space between the two is hollow. can be welded. After the welding step, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 can be manufactured by forming the hole 20 to communicate between the upper surface side opening 32 and the lower surface side opening 42 . For this reason, in the method for manufacturing the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the present embodiment, the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 capable of promoting the growth of the plant P while ensuring the strength of the panel is made of a material having excellent strength. can be manufactured using
 (第1観点の第2実施形態)
 次に、図9を参照して本発明の第2実施形態について説明する。なお、第2実施形態の説明において、第1実施形態と同様の構成についてはその説明を省略又は簡素化する。また、図9では、第1実施形態の各部分と対応する第2実施形態の各部分について、第1実施形態で示した符号に数字100を加えた符号で示す。
(Second Embodiment of First Aspect)
Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, in the description of the second embodiment, the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be omitted or simplified. Further, in FIG. 9, each part of the second embodiment corresponding to each part of the first embodiment is denoted by a reference numeral 100 added to the reference numeral of the first embodiment.
 第2実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、各孔120の形状が第1実施形態と異なっている。具体的には、図9に示すように、各孔120の下面側開口部142の開口径D3が、第1実施形態における各孔20の下面側開口部42の開口径D2よりも大きくされている(例えば開口径D2が47mm、開口径D3が58mm)。なお、各孔120の上面側開口部132の開口径D1は、第1実施形態における各孔20の上面側開口部32の開口径D1と同じ大きさとなっている。さらに第2実施形態では、各孔120の下面側開口部142について、水耕栽培用パネルの法線方向に対する第1テーパ部142aの傾斜角度θ3が第1実施形態における第1テーパ部42aの傾斜角度θ1よりも大きい角度(例えば60度)とされている。 The hydroponics panel according to the second embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the shape of each hole 120 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the opening diameter D3 of the lower surface side opening 142 of each hole 120 is made larger than the opening diameter D2 of the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment. (for example, the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm and the opening diameter D3 is 58 mm). The opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 132 of each hole 120 is the same size as the opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment. Further, in the second embodiment, the inclination angle θ3 of the first tapered portion 142a with respect to the normal line direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel is the same as the inclination of the first tapered portion 42a in the first embodiment for the lower surface side opening 142 of each hole 120. The angle is set to be larger than the angle θ1 (for example, 60 degrees).
 第2実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、各孔120の形状が上記のような形状とされていることにより、第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10に比べて、養液と下面側開口部142によって囲まれる空間を広くすることができる。このため、第2実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、パネルの強度を確保しながら、植物Pの成長をより効果的に促進させることができる。 In the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the second embodiment, since each hole 120 has the shape described above, compared to the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment, The space surrounded by the lower surface side opening 142 can be widened. Therefore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the second embodiment can promote the growth of the plant P more effectively while ensuring the strength of the panel.
 (第1観点の第3実施形態)
 次に、図10を参照して本発明の第3実施形態について説明する。なお、第3実施形態の説明において、第1実施形態と同様の構成についてはその説明を省略又は簡素化する。また、図10では、第1実施形態の各部分と対応する第3実施形態の各部分について、第1実施形態で示した符号に数字200を加えた符号で示す。
(Third Embodiment of First Aspect)
Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, in the description of the third embodiment, the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be omitted or simplified. Further, in FIG. 10, each part of the third embodiment corresponding to each part of the first embodiment is denoted by a reference numeral 200 added to the reference numeral of the first embodiment.
 第3実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、各孔220の形状が第1実施形態と異なっている。具体的には、図10に示すように、各孔220の上面側開口部232の開口径D4が、第1実施形態における各孔20の上面側開口部32の開口径D1よりも大きくされている(例えば開口径D1が25mm、開口径D4が43mm)。さらに、各孔220の下面側開口部242の開口径D5が、第1実施形態における各孔20の下面側開口部42の開口径D2よりも大きくされている(例えば開口径D2が47mm、開口径D5が63mm)。 The hydroponics panel according to the third embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the shape of each hole 220 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, the opening diameter D4 of the upper surface side opening 232 of each hole 220 is made larger than the opening diameter D1 of the upper surface side opening 32 of each hole 20 in the first embodiment. (for example, the opening diameter D1 is 25 mm and the opening diameter D4 is 43 mm). Furthermore, the opening diameter D5 of the lower surface side opening 242 of each hole 220 is set larger than the opening diameter D2 of the lower surface side opening 42 of each hole 22 in the first embodiment (for example, the opening diameter D2 is 47 mm, and the opening diameter D5 is 47 mm. Aperture D5 is 63 mm).
 第3実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、各孔220の形状が上記のような形状とされていることにより、第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10に比べて、より大きな栓体を上面側開口部232に嵌め込むことができるため、様々な植物に対応させることができる。さらに、第3実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、第1実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネル10に比べて、養液と下面側開口部242によって囲まれる空間を広くすることができる。このため、第3実施形態に係る水耕栽培用パネルは、パネルの強度を確保しながら、様々な植物Pの成長をより効果的に促進させることができる。 The hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment has a larger plug than the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment because each hole 220 has the shape described above. Since the body can be fitted into the upper opening 232, various plants can be accommodated. Furthermore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment can widen the space surrounded by the nutrient solution and the lower surface side opening 242 compared to the hydroponic cultivation panel 10 according to the first embodiment. Therefore, the hydroponic cultivation panel according to the third embodiment can promote the growth of various plants P more effectively while ensuring the strength of the panel.
 以上、本発明の第1観点の実施形態について説明したが、本発明は上記実施形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨を逸脱しない限りにおいて、種々の変更が可能である。例えば水耕栽培用パネルに設けられる各孔の大きさや配置、形状等は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、上記の各実施形態では、下面側開口部が水耕栽培用パネルの下面側に向けてテーパ状に漸次拡径する構成を例示したが、下側開口部が水耕栽培用パネルの下面側に向けて円弧状に漸次拡径する構成であってもよい。 Although the embodiments of the first aspect of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible without departing from the gist thereof. For example, the size, arrangement, shape, etc. of each hole provided in the hydroponics panel can be changed as appropriate. For example, in each of the above-described embodiments, the lower opening gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface of the hydroponic panel, but the lower opening is the lower surface of the hydroponic panel. A configuration may be adopted in which the diameter is gradually increased in an arc shape toward the side.
(第2観点の実施形態)
 以下、本発明の第2観点の実施形態について説明する。以下に示す実施形態中で示した各種特徴事項は、互いに組み合わせ可能である。また、各特徴について独立して発明が成立する。
(Embodiment of second aspect)
Embodiments of the second aspect of the present invention will be described below. Various features shown in the embodiments shown below can be combined with each other. In addition, the invention is established independently for each feature.
1.水耕栽培用パネル310
 図11~図12に示す本発明の第2観点の一実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル310は、図12Cに示すように、養液309上に浮かべられて水耕栽培に用いられるものである。水耕栽培用パネル310は、好ましくは、中空の樹脂成形体で構成される。
1. Hydroponics panel 310
A hydroponic cultivation panel 310 according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention shown in FIGS. 11 and 12 is used for hydroponic cultivation by being floated on a nutrient solution 309 as shown in FIG. 12C. . The hydroponics panel 310 is preferably made of a hollow resin molding.
 水耕栽培用パネル310は、略長方形状であり、その短辺方向の寸法が例えば20~60cmであり、長辺方向の寸法が例えば50~100cmであり、厚みが例えば20~40mmである。短辺方向の寸法は、具体的には例えば、20、25、30、35、40、45、50、55、60cmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。長辺方向の寸法は、具体的には例えば、50、55、60、65、70、75、80、85、90、95、100cmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。水耕栽培用パネル310の厚さは、具体的には例えば、20、25、30、35、40mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 The hydroponics panel 310 has a substantially rectangular shape, with a short side dimension of, for example, 20 to 60 cm, a long side dimension of, for example, 50 to 100 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 20 to 40 mm. Specifically, the dimensions in the short side direction are, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 cm, and are within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too. Specifically, the dimension in the long side direction is, for example, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 cm. may be within Specifically, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 310 is, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here.
 水耕栽培用パネル310には、栽培物304が挿入される孔320が水耕栽培用パネル310を上下方向に貫通するように設けられている。栽培物304は、孔320に保持しやすくすべく、植物Pが栓体350に植設されて構成されることが好ましい。栓体350は、スポンジなどの、弾性変形可能でありかつ吸水性を有するものであることが好ましい。栓体350の弾性力によって栓体350を孔320の内面に押し付けて栽培物304を孔320に保持することが可能になる。 A hole 320 into which a cultivated object 304 is inserted is provided in the hydroponic panel 310 so as to penetrate the hydroponic panel 310 in the vertical direction. The cultivated product 304 is preferably constructed by planting a plant P in the plug 350 so that it can be easily held in the hole 320 . The plug 350 is preferably elastically deformable and absorbent, such as sponge. The elastic force of the plug 350 allows the plug 350 to be pressed against the inner surface of the hole 320 to hold the cultivated matter 304 in the hole 320 .
 水耕栽培用パネル310には、複数の孔320が設けられており、複数の孔320が規則的に設けられることが好ましい。隣接する孔320間の間隔は、例えば、50mm以上が好ましい。この間隔は、例えば、50~150mmであり、具体的には例えば、50、60、70、80、90、100、110、120、130、140、150mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲又は何れか以上であってもよい。 A plurality of holes 320 are provided in the hydroponics panel 310, and the plurality of holes 320 are preferably provided regularly. The interval between adjacent holes 320 is preferably 50 mm or more, for example. This interval is, for example, 50 to 150 mm, specifically, for example, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 mm, any of the numerical values exemplified here It may range between the two or any more.
 孔320は、上面310a側の開口径D1が例えば20~40mmであり、下面310b側の開口径D2が例えば30~70mmである。本明細書において、「開口径」及び「直径」は、円相当径を意味する。 The hole 320 has an opening diameter D1 of, for example, 20 to 40 mm on the upper surface 310a side, and an opening diameter D2 of, for example, 30 to 70 mm on the lower surface 310b side. As used herein, "aperture diameter" and "diameter" mean equivalent circle diameters.
 D1は、具体的には例えば、20、25、30、35、40mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。D2は、具体的には例えば、30、35、40、45、50、55、60、65、70mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。D2/D1は、例えば、1.1~3.0であり、具体的には例えば、1.1、1.2、1.3、1.4、1.5、1.6、1.7、1.8、1.9、2.0、2.5、3.0であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 D1 is specifically, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. Specifically, D2 is, for example, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 mm, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. D2/D1 is, for example, 1.1 to 3.0, specifically, for example, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 , 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
 孔320内には、環状のベース面320aと、ベース面320aの外縁320fから上面310aに向かって延在する上側側面320iが設けられている。ベース面320aは、上側側面320iの下縁から孔320の中心に向かって突出するように設けられる。このため、栓体350を圧縮状態で孔320内に挿入すると、栓体350が孔内で復元力によって膨らんで、孔320内のベース面320aによって保持されやすい。このため、栓体350が孔320から脱落することが抑制される。なお、栓体350を圧縮状態にする代わりに、植物Pの一部を圧縮状態にして孔320内に挿入してもよい。以下、栓体350を圧縮状態にして孔320内に挿入する場合を例に挙げて説明を続ける。 Inside the hole 320, an annular base surface 320a and an upper side surface 320i extending from an outer edge 320f of the base surface 320a toward the upper surface 310a are provided. The base surface 320a is provided so as to protrude toward the center of the hole 320 from the lower edge of the upper side surface 320i. Therefore, when the plug 350 is inserted into the hole 320 in a compressed state, the plug 350 swells in the hole due to the restoring force and is easily held by the base surface 320a in the hole 320 . Therefore, the stopper 350 is prevented from falling out of the hole 320 . Note that instead of compressing the plug 350 , part of the plant P may be compressed and inserted into the hole 320 . The following description will be continued by taking as an example the case where the plug body 350 is compressed and inserted into the hole 320 .
 ベース面320aは、平坦面であることが好ましいが湾曲面であってもよい。ベース面320aは、水耕栽培用パネル310の上面310aと平行であることが好ましいが、非平行であってもよい。ベース面320aは、上面310aに対する角度が、例えば、-30~30度であり、具体的には例えば、具体的には例えば、-30、-25、-20、-15、-10、-5、0、5、10、15、20、25、30度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。なお、ベース面320aの内縁320bが外縁320fよりも上面310aに近づくように傾斜する場合の角度を正とする。 The base surface 320a is preferably a flat surface, but may be a curved surface. The base surface 320a is preferably parallel to the top surface 310a of the hydroponics panel 310, but may be non-parallel. The angle of the base surface 320a with respect to the upper surface 310a is, for example, -30 to 30 degrees, specifically for example, -30, -25, -20, -15, -10, -5. , 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 degrees, and may range between any two of the values exemplified herein. The angle when the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a inclines closer to the upper surface 310a than the outer edge 320f is positive.
 上側側面320iは、上面310aに向かって漸次拡径するように傾斜するテーパー面であることが好ましい。上側側面320iは、上面310aの法線に対する傾斜角度γが、例えば0~30度であり、5~20度が好ましい。傾斜角度γは、具体的には例えば、0、5、10、15、20、25、30度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。ベース面320aと上側側面320iは、非平行であり、ベース面320aと上側側面320iの間の角度θは、例えば、90~175度であり、95~135度が好ましい。角度θは、具体的には例えば、90、95、100、105、110、115、120、125、130、135、140、145、150、155、160、165、170、175度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 The upper side surface 320i is preferably a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the upper surface 310a. The upper side surface 320i has an inclination angle γ of, for example, 0 to 30 degrees, preferably 5 to 20 degrees, with respect to the normal to the upper surface 310a. Specifically, the tilt angle γ is, for example, 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 degrees, and may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. The base surface 320a and the upper side surface 320i are non-parallel, and the angle θ between the base surface 320a and the upper side surface 320i is, for example, 90-175 degrees, preferably 95-135 degrees. Specifically, the angle θ is, for example, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175 degrees. may be within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified in .
 ベース面320aの内縁320bにおいて孔320の開口径が最小になっている。内縁320bでの開口径D3は、例えば、15~35mmであり、具体的には例えば、15、20、25、30、35mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。ベース面320aの外縁320fの直径D4は、例えば、15.5~40mmであり、具体的には例えば、15.5、20、25、30、35、40mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。ベース面320aの幅は、例えば、0.5~5mmであり、1~3mmが好ましい。この幅は、具体的には例えば、0.5、1.0、1.5、2.0、2.5、3.0、3.5、4.0、4.5、5.0mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。D1/D3は、例えば、1.10~1.50であり、具体的には例えば、1.10、1.15、1.20、1.25、1.30、1.35、1.40、1.45、1.50であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。上面310aからベース面320aまでの距離は、例えば、3~20mmであり、具体的には例えば、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、15、20mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 The opening diameter of the hole 320 is the smallest at the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a. The opening diameter D3 at the inner edge 320b is, for example, 15 to 35 mm, specifically, for example, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 mm, within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. There may be. The diameter D4 of the outer edge 320f of the base surface 320a is, for example, 15.5 to 40 mm, specifically, for example, 15.5, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm. or within a range between the two. The width of the base surface 320a is, for example, 0.5 to 5 mm, preferably 1 to 3 mm. Specifically, this width is, for example, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 mm. Yes, and may be in a range between any two of the values exemplified here. D1/D3 is, for example, 1.10 to 1.50, specifically, for example, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40 , 1.45, 1.50, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein. The distance from the upper surface 310a to the base surface 320a is, for example, 3 to 20 mm, specifically, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20 mm, and is exemplified here. It may be in a range between any two of the numbers given.
 孔320には、ベース面320aの内縁320bから下面310bに向かって延在する下側側面320cが設けられることが好ましい。ベース面320aと下側側面320cの間の角度αは、20~90度が好ましく、35~75度がさらに好ましい。角度αは、具体的には例えば、20、35、40、45、50、55、60、65、70、75、80、85、90度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。この場合、角度αが直角又は鋭角であるので、ベース面320aと下側側面320cによって構成される突起320dが栓体350にめり込みやすくなる。このため、栓体350が孔320から脱落することが一層抑制される。 The hole 320 is preferably provided with a lower side surface 320c extending from the inner edge 320b of the base surface 320a toward the lower surface 310b. The angle α between the base surface 320a and the lower side surface 320c is preferably 20-90 degrees, more preferably 35-75 degrees. Specifically, the angle α is, for example, 20, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90 degrees. may be within the range of In this case, since the angle α is a right angle or an acute angle, the protrusion 320d formed by the base surface 320a and the lower side surface 320c can be easily inserted into the plug 350. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the stopper 350 is further prevented from falling out of the hole 320 .
 下側側面320cは、下面310bに向かって漸次拡径するように傾斜するテーパー面であることが好ましい。また、下側側面320cよりも下面310b側に、下側側面320cよりも、下面310bの法線に対する傾斜角度が小さいテーパー面320eが設けられることが好ましい。これによって、内縁320bよりも下面310b側での孔320の容積が大きくなり、栓体350に養液や空気が供給されやすくなる。下側側面320c及びテーパー面320eの、下面310bの法線に対する傾斜角度をβ1、β2とすると、β1-β2は、例えば、15~45度であり、具体的には例えば、15、20、25、30、35、40、45度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。β1は、例えば、30~60度であり、40~50度が好ましい。β2は、例えば5~25度であり、10~20度が好ましい。 The lower side surface 320c is preferably a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the lower surface 310b. Further, it is preferable that a tapered surface 320e having a smaller inclination angle with respect to the normal line of the lower surface 310b than the lower side surface 320c is provided closer to the lower surface 310b than the lower side surface 320c. As a result, the volume of the hole 320 on the lower surface 310b side becomes larger than the inner edge 320b, and the plug 350 is easily supplied with the nutrient solution and air. Assuming that the angles of inclination of the lower side surface 320c and the tapered surface 320e with respect to the normal to the lower surface 310b are β1 and β2, β1-β2 is, for example, 15 to 45 degrees, specifically 15, 20, and 25 degrees. , 30, 35, 40, 45 degrees, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein. β1 is, for example, 30 to 60 degrees, preferably 40 to 50 degrees. β2 is, for example, 5 to 25 degrees, preferably 10 to 20 degrees.
2.水耕栽培用パネル310の製造方法
 本発明の一実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル310の製造方法は、配置工程と、成形工程と、後処理工程を備える。以下、各工程について説明する。
2. Method for Manufacturing Hydroponic Panel 310 A method for manufacturing the hydroponic panel 310 according to one embodiment of the present invention includes an arrangement step, a molding step, and a post-treatment step. Each step will be described below.
2-1.配置工程
 配置工程では、図13に示すように、互いに開閉可能な第1金型321,第2金型322を開状態にして、第1金型321,第2金型322の間にパリソン305を配置する。
2-1. Arranging Step In the arranging step, as shown in FIG. 13, the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 that can be opened and closed are opened, and the parison 305 is placed between the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 . to place.
 第1金型321は、第1リブ321aを備え、第2金型322は、第2リブ322aを備える。第1リブ321aは、孔320の内面のうち内縁320bよりも上面310a側の部位の形状に対応した形状を有し、第2リブ322aは、孔320の内面のうち内縁320bよりも下面310b側の部位の形状に対応した形状を有する。このため、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aによって孔320の内面に対応した形状の凹部が形成される。第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aは、互いに対向するように配置される。 The first mold 321 has a first rib 321a, and the second mold 322 has a second rib 322a. The first rib 321a has a shape corresponding to the shape of the portion of the inner surface of the hole 320 closer to the upper surface 310a than the inner edge 320b, and the second rib 322a is closer to the lower surface 310b than the inner edge 320b. It has a shape corresponding to the shape of the part of Therefore, a recess having a shape corresponding to the inner surface of the hole 320 is formed by the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a. The first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are arranged to face each other.
 本実施形態では、図14に示すように、第1リブ321aの先端面321gの外縁321hの直径は、第2リブ322aの先端面322gの外縁322hの直径よりも大きくなっている。第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aをこのように構成することによって、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置にずれが生じた場合でも、溶着部307を容易に除去することができる。この作用効果は、「2-4.比較例との対比」でより詳細に説明する。先端面321g,322gは、平坦面であることが好ましいが、湾曲面であってもよい。先端面321g,322gは、第1金型321,第2金型322の開閉方向(図13の左右方向)に対して垂直であることが好ましいが、非垂直であってもよい。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14, the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a is larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a. By configuring the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a in this manner, the welded portion 307 can be easily removed even when the center positions of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced. This effect will be described in more detail in "2-4. Comparison with Comparative Example". The tip surfaces 321g and 322g are preferably flat surfaces, but may be curved surfaces. The tip surfaces 321g and 322g are preferably perpendicular to the opening/closing direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 13) of the first mold 321 and the second mold 322, but may be non-perpendicular.
 第1リブ321aは、第1ベース321bに着脱可能に固定されることが好ましい。第1リブ321aは、第1取付突起321cを第1ベース321bの第1取付孔321eに挿入して固定することができる。第1リブ321aが着脱可能に第1ベース321bに固定されているので、第1金型321に設ける第1リブ321aの数が可変である。このため、水耕栽培用パネル310の仕様に合わせて、第1リブ321aの数を変更することによって、孔320の数を容易に変更することができる。ここでの説明は、第2金型322についても同様である(「第1」を「第2」に読み替え、符号「321」を「322」に読み替える。) The first rib 321a is preferably detachably fixed to the first base 321b. The first rib 321a can be fixed by inserting the first mounting protrusion 321c into the first mounting hole 321e of the first base 321b. Since the first ribs 321a are detachably fixed to the first base 321b, the number of the first ribs 321a provided on the first mold 321 is variable. Therefore, the number of holes 320 can be easily changed by changing the number of first ribs 321 a according to the specifications of the hydroponic cultivation panel 310 . The description here is the same for the second mold 322 ("first" should be read as "second" and reference numeral "321" should be read as "322").
 第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aは、第1ベース321b,第2ベース322bと一体で形成して着脱不能にすることも可能であるが、本実施形態のように、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aが、第1ベース321b,第2ベース322bと一体化されていない場合、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置のずれが生じやすいので、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aが、第1ベース321b,第2ベース322bと一体化されておらず、着脱可能である場合に、本発明を適用する技術的意義が特に顕著である。 The first rib 321a and the second rib 322a can be integrally formed with the first base 321b and the second base 322b so that they cannot be attached and detached. If the second rib 322a is not integrated with the first base 321b and the second base 322b, the center positions of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are likely to shift. However, the technical significance of applying the present invention is particularly significant when it is not integrated with the first base 321b and the second base 322b and is detachable.
 パリソン305は、溶融樹脂を押出ヘッド(不図示)から押し出すことによって形成することができる。パリソン305は、筒状であってもシート状であってもよい。パリソン305がシート状である場合、パリソン305は、例えば、一対の第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bで構成される。この場合、図13に示すように、第1金型321,第2金型322の間に第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bを配置する。 The parison 305 can be formed by extruding molten resin through an extrusion head (not shown). The parison 305 may be tubular or sheet-shaped. When the parison 305 is sheet-shaped, the parison 305 is composed of, for example, a pair of a first resin sheet 305a and a second resin sheet 305b. In this case, the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b are arranged between the first mold 321 and the second mold 322, as shown in FIG.
 パリソン305を構成する樹脂は、ポリオレフィンなどの熱可塑性樹脂が好ましく、ポリオレフィンとしては、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体及びその混合物などが挙げられる。 The resin constituting the parison 305 is preferably a thermoplastic resin such as polyolefin. Polyolefins include low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymers and mixtures thereof. be done.
2-2.成形工程
 成形工程では、図15~図16に示すように、第1金型321と第2金型322の間にパリソン305を配置した状態で第1金型321,第2金型322を閉状態にして第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aを互いに突き合わせることによって、パリソン305の対向する内面同士を溶着させて溶着部307を形成すると共にパリソン305をパネル形状に成形して成形体308を形成する。成形方法としては、ブロー成形、真空成形、その組み合わせなどが挙げられる。
2-2. Molding Step In the molding step, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed while the parison 305 is placed between the first mold 321 and the second mold 322. By abutting the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a against each other in this state, the opposing inner surfaces of the parison 305 are welded together to form a welded portion 307, and the parison 305 is formed into a panel shape to form a molded body 308. Form. Molding methods include blow molding, vacuum molding, combinations thereof, and the like.
 パリソン305が第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bで構成される場合、まず、図15に示すように、第1金型321で第1樹脂シート305aを真空吸引して第1金型321の賦形面321fに沿った形状に賦形し、第2金型322で第2樹脂シート305bを真空吸引して第2金型322の賦形面322fに沿った形状に賦形する。次に、図16に示すように、第1金型321,第2金型322を閉状態にして第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aを互いに突き合わせることによって、第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bを互いに溶着させて溶着部307を形成すると共に第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bをパネル形状に成形して成形体308を形成する。 When the parison 305 is composed of the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b, first, as shown in FIG. The second resin sheet 305b is vacuum-sucked by the second mold 322 to shape the second resin sheet 305b into a shape along the shaping surface 322f of the second mold 322 . Next, as shown in FIG. 16, the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are closed, and the first ribs 321a and the second ribs 322a are butted against each other to form the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305a. The resin sheets 305b are welded together to form the welded portion 307, and the molded body 308 is formed by molding the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b into a panel shape.
2-3.後処理工程
 後処理工程では、図17に示すように、成形体308から溶着部307を除去して孔320を形成する。溶着部307の除去は、第1金型321,第2金型322内で行ってもよく、第1金型321,第2金型322を開いて成形体308を取り出してから行ってもよい。
2-3. Post-Processing Step In the post-processing step, as shown in FIG. 17, the welded portion 307 is removed from the compact 308 to form a hole 320 . The removal of the welded portion 307 may be performed in the first mold 321 and the second mold 322, or may be performed after the first mold 321 and the second mold 322 are opened and the compact 308 is taken out. .
 溶着部307の除去は、図17B~図17Cに示すように、第2リブ322aの先端面322gが押し付けられた部位320gの外縁320hに沿って行われる。これによって、先端面322gの外縁322hに対応した形状の孔320が形成される。溶着部307の除去は、カッターなどを用いて溶着部307を切断することによって行うことができる。部位320gは、パリソン305が先端面321g,322gで押し潰されて薄肉化された薄肉部になっているので、部位320gに沿って溶着部307を切断することによって、溶着部307を容易に除去することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 17B to 17C, the welded portion 307 is removed along the outer edge 320h of the portion 320g against which the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a is pressed. Thereby, a hole 320 having a shape corresponding to the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g is formed. The welded portion 307 can be removed by cutting the welded portion 307 with a cutter or the like. Since the portion 320g is a thin-walled portion in which the parison 305 is crushed by the tip surfaces 321g and 322g, the welded portion 307 can be easily removed by cutting the welded portion 307 along the portion 320g. can do.
 後処理工程において、成形体308に付着したバリ305cの除去などの各種後処理を行うことによって、図17C及び図11~図12に示すように、所望の水耕栽培用パネル310を得ることができる。 In the post-treatment step, various post-treatments such as removal of burrs 305c adhering to molded body 308 are performed to obtain a desired hydroponic cultivation panel 310 as shown in FIGS. 17C and 11 to 12. can.
 本実施形態の方法では、第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bを賦形する際に、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aが最初の第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bに当接し、その後に、賦形面321f,322fのその他の面が第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bに当接する。このため、第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bは、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの先端面321g,322gが当接している部位及びその近傍ではほとんど又は全く延伸されず、その他の部位が延伸されることによって賦形される。このため、孔320の側壁の肉厚が大きくなりやすく、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの合わせ面近傍(内縁320b近傍)での肉厚が特に大きくなりやすい。また、内縁320b近傍には、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの突き合わせの際に押し出された樹脂によって、水耕栽培用パネル310の中空部内にはみ出したはみ出し樹脂部320l(図12Bに図示)が形成されやすく、この観点でも、内縁320b近傍での肉厚が大きくなりやすい。このような構成によれば、内縁320b近傍での強度が高くなると共に、第1樹脂シート305a,第2樹脂シート305bの溶着強度が高くなる。 In the method of the present embodiment, when shaping the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b, the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a first hit the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b. After that, the other surfaces of the shaping surfaces 321f and 322f are brought into contact with the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b. Therefore, the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b are hardly or not stretched at or near the portions where the tip surfaces 321g and 322g of the first ribs 321a and the second ribs 322a are in contact with each other. The part is shaped by being stretched. Therefore, the thickness of the side wall of the hole 320 tends to increase, and the thickness in the vicinity of the mating surfaces of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a (near the inner edge 320b) tends to increase particularly. In the vicinity of the inner edge 320b, a protruding resin portion 320l (shown in FIG. 12B) protrudes into the hollow portion of the hydroponics panel 310 due to the resin extruded when the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are butted together. is likely to be formed, and from this point of view as well, the thickness in the vicinity of the inner edge 320b tends to increase. With such a configuration, the strength near the inner edge 320b is increased, and the welding strength between the first resin sheet 305a and the second resin sheet 305b is increased.
2-4.比較例との対比
 本発明の比較例の構成では、図19Aに示すように、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2が同一直線上にあり、外縁321hと外縁322hが一致している。そして、後処理工程では、図19B~図19Cに示すように、外縁320hに沿って溶着部307が除去される。
2-4. Comparison with Comparative Example In the configuration of the comparative example of the present invention, as shown in FIG. I am doing it. Then, in the post-processing step, as shown in FIGS. 19B to 19C, the welded portion 307 is removed along the outer edge 320h.
 このような構成は、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2が同一直線上にあれば問題を生じさせないが、実際には、図20Aに示すように、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2には、ずれが生じてしまう場合があり、中心位置C1,C2がずれると外縁321h,322hにもずれが生じ、図20B~図20Cに示すように、外縁320hの一部に、パリソン305が先端面321g,322gで薄肉化されていない部位(非薄肉部)320jが設けられてしまう。そして、図20D~図20Eに示すように、外縁320hに沿って溶着部307を除去しようとすると、非薄肉部320jを切除する必要があるので、孔320の形状が想定したものと異なってしまったり、孔320の内面のカット面320kが滑らかになるように仕上げるために、通常よりも多くの時間がかかってしまったりするという問題が生じる。 Such a configuration does not cause any problem if the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are on the same straight line. The center positions C1 and C2 of the second rib 322a may be misaligned, and when the center positions C1 and C2 are misaligned, the outer edges 321h and 322h are also misaligned. A part of the outer edge 320h is provided with a portion (non-thin portion) 320j where the parison 305 is not thinned at the end surfaces 321g and 322g. Then, as shown in FIGS. 20D to 20E, when trying to remove the welded portion 307 along the outer edge 320h, it is necessary to remove the non-thin portion 320j. Otherwise, it may take longer than usual to finish the cut surface 320k of the inner surface of the hole 320 so as to be smooth.
 本実施形態では、第1リブ321aの先端面321gの外縁321hの直径を、第2リブの先端面322gの外縁322hの直径よりも大きくすることによって、このような問題を解決している。このような構成では、図18に示すように、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2にずれが生じた場合に、外縁322hが外縁321hの外側にはみ出すことが抑制され、このため、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2がずれた場合でも、外縁320hの全体が薄肉部となるので、外縁320hに沿って溶着部307を除去するのが容易である。 In this embodiment, such a problem is solved by making the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 321a. In such a configuration, as shown in FIG. 18, when the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced, the outer edge 322h is prevented from protruding outside the outer edge 321h. Therefore, even if the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a are displaced, the entire outer edge 320h becomes a thin portion, so that the welded portion 307 can be easily removed along the outer edge 320h. be.
 なお、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2のずれが、外縁321hと外縁322hの間の幅よりも大きいと、外縁322hが外縁321hからはみ出してしまう場合があるので、外縁321hと外縁322hの間の幅は、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2のずれとして想定される最大値よりも大きくすることが好ましい。例えば、第1リブ321a,第2リブ322aの中心位置C1,C2のずれが最大でも1mmである場合は、外縁321hと外縁322hの間の幅は、例えば、2mmにすればよい。外縁321hと外縁322hの間の幅は、ベース面320aの幅に対応しており、外縁321hと外縁322hの間の幅は、例えば、0.5~5mmであり、1~3mmが好ましい。この幅は、具体的には例えば、0.5、1.0、1.5、2.0、2.5、3.0、3.5、4.0、4.5、5.0mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 If the deviation between the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a is larger than the width between the outer edge 321h and the outer edge 322h, the outer edge 322h may protrude from the outer edge 321h. The width between 321h and the outer edge 322h is preferably larger than the maximum value assumed as the shift between the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a. For example, if the deviation between the center positions C1 and C2 of the first rib 321a and the second rib 322a is 1 mm at most, the width between the outer edge 321h and the outer edge 322h may be set to 2 mm, for example. The width between the outer edges 321h and 322h corresponds to the width of the base surface 320a, and the width between the outer edges 321h and 322h is, for example, 0.5 to 5 mm, preferably 1 to 3 mm. Specifically, this width is, for example, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 mm. Yes, and may be in a range between any two of the values exemplified here.
 図14に示すように、第1リブ321aの先端面321gと第2リブ322aの先端面322gの少なくとも一方には環状の環状面321i,322iが設けられていることが好ましい。この場合、環状面321i,322iの内側に設けられた凹部321j,322jが樹脂溜まり323となり、先端面321g,322gを突き合わせた部位から押し出された樹脂を樹脂溜まり323に収容することができる。 As shown in FIG. 14, it is preferable that at least one of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a and the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a is provided with annular surfaces 321i and 322i. In this case, recessed portions 321j and 322j provided inside the annular surfaces 321i and 322i serve as resin reservoirs 323, and the resin reservoirs 323 can accommodate the resin extruded from the portions where the tip surfaces 321g and 322g are butted against each other.
 環状面321i,322iは、第1リブ321aの先端面321gと第2リブ322aの先端面322gの両方に設けられていることが好ましい。環状面321iの幅は、環状面322iの幅よりも大きいことが好ましい。この場合、第1リブ321aの先端面321gの外縁321hの直径を、第2リブ322aの先端面322gの外縁322hの直径よりも大きくしつつ、樹脂溜まり323を大きくしやすい。 The annular surfaces 321i and 322i are preferably provided on both the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a and the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a. The width of the annular surface 321i is preferably greater than the width of the annular surface 322i. In this case, the diameter of the outer edge 321h of the tip surface 321g of the first rib 321a is made larger than the diameter of the outer edge 322h of the tip surface 322g of the second rib 322a, and the resin reservoir 323 can be easily enlarged.
(第3観点の実施形態)
 以下、本発明の第3観点の実施形態について説明する。以下に示す実施形態中で示した各種特徴事項は、互いに組み合わせ可能である。また、各特徴について独立して発明が成立する。
(Embodiment of the third aspect)
Hereinafter, embodiments of the third aspect of the present invention will be described. Various features shown in the embodiments shown below can be combined with each other. In addition, the invention is established independently for each feature.
1.第1実施形態
 図21~図23を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第1実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、養液上に浮かべられて水耕栽培に用いられるものである。水耕栽培用パネル410は、略長方形状であり、その短辺方向の寸法が例えば20~60cmであり、長辺方向の寸法が例えば50~100cmであり、厚みが例えば2~4cmである。短辺方向の寸法は、具体的には例えば、20、25、30、35、40、45、50、55、60cmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。長辺方向の寸法は、具体的には例えば、50、55、60、65、70、75、80、85、90、95、100cmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。水耕栽培用パネル410の厚さは、具体的には例えば、2.0、2.5、3.0、3.5、4.0cmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。
1. First Embodiment A first embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 23. FIG. The hydroponics panel 410 of the present embodiment is used for hydroponics by being floated on a nutrient solution. The hydroponics panel 410 has a substantially rectangular shape, with a short side dimension of, for example, 20 to 60 cm, a long side dimension of, for example, 50 to 100 cm, and a thickness of, for example, 2 to 4 cm. Specifically, the dimensions in the short side direction are, for example, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 cm, and are within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too. Specifically, the dimension in the long side direction is, for example, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 cm. may be within Specifically, the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is, for example, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0 cm. may be within the range of
 以下、説明の便宜上、水耕栽培用パネル410の前(front)・後(rear)・左(left)・右(right)を図21Aのように定義する。この定義では、水耕栽培用パネル410の短辺方向を左右方向としているが、長辺方向が左右方向となるように、前後左右を定義してもよい。また、上記定義では、図21Aの手前側から水耕栽培用パネル410を見て前後左右を定義しているが、図21の奥側から水耕栽培用パネル410を見て前後左右を定義してもよい。この場合、図21中の前後左右がそれぞれ後前右左に入れ替わる。また、水耕栽培用パネル410は、水耕栽培中に左右方向に移動させることが想定されているが、左から右に移動させても、右から左に移動させてもよい。何れの定義においても、前後方向は、左右方向に直交する方向である。 Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the front, rear, left, and right of the hydroponics panel 410 are defined as shown in FIG. 21A. In this definition, the short side direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is defined as the horizontal direction, but the front, rear, left, and right may be defined such that the long side direction is the horizontal direction. Further, in the above definition, the front, rear, left, and right are defined by viewing the hydroponic panel 410 from the front side of FIG. may In this case, the front, rear, left, and right in FIG. 21 are switched to the rear, front, right, and left. Further, it is assumed that the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is moved in the left-right direction during hydroponic cultivation, but it may be moved from left to right or from right to left. In either definition, the front-rear direction is a direction perpendicular to the left-right direction.
 水耕栽培用パネル410には、複数の孔420が所定の間隔で規則的に設けられている。これらの孔420は、上下方向に貫通しており、水耕栽培用パネル410の上面410a側及び下面410b側に開口している。各孔420には、水耕栽培用パネル410の上面410a側から水耕栽培を行う植物が挿入される。 A plurality of holes 420 are regularly provided at predetermined intervals in the hydroponics panel 410 . These holes 420 penetrate in the vertical direction and are open on the upper surface 410 a side and the lower surface 410 b side of the hydroponics panel 410 . A plant to be hydroponically grown is inserted into each hole 420 from the upper surface 410 a side of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 .
 水耕栽培用パネル410は、左側面401及び右側面402を有する。 The hydroponics panel 410 has a left side 401 and a right side 402 .
 左側面401は、左側面401の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部401aと、左側面401の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部401bを備える。右側面402は、右側面402の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部402aと、右側面402の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部402bを備える。 The left side surface 401 includes a lower protrusion 401a in which the lower side of the left side 401 protrudes from the upper side, and an upper protrusion 401b in which the upper side of the left side 401 protrudes from the lower side. The right side surface 402 includes a lower protrusion 402a in which the lower side of the right side 402 protrudes from the upper side, and an upper protrusion 402b in which the upper side of the right side 402 protrudes from the lower side.
 左側面401の下側突出部401aと右側面402の上側突出部402bは、左右方向に対向する位置に設けられている。また、左側面401の上側突出部401bと右側面402の下側突出部402aは、左右方向に対向する位置に設けられている。 The lower projecting portion 401a of the left side surface 401 and the upper projecting portion 402b of the right side surface 402 are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction. The upper protruding portion 401b of the left side surface 401 and the lower protruding portion 402a of the right side surface 402 are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction.
 水耕栽培用パネル410は、図22に示すように、複数の水耕栽培用パネル410を左右方向に直列に並べて水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成するために用いることができる。水耕栽培用パネル410は、点対称形状ではないので、複数の水耕栽培用パネル410を直列に並べて水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成する際に、水耕栽培用パネル410の向きを間違えることが抑制される。左右方向に直列に並べられる水耕栽培用パネル410の数は、例えば5以上であり、5~200であることが好ましい。この数は、具体的には例えば、5、10、20、30、40、50、60、70、80、90、100、150、200であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 22, the hydroponic panels 410 can be used to configure a hydroponic panel system 413 by arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 in series in the horizontal direction. Since the hydroponic panels 410 do not have a point-symmetrical shape, when a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 are arranged in series to form a hydroponic panel system 413, the direction of the hydroponic panels 410 is incorrect. is suppressed. The number of hydroponic cultivation panels 410 arranged in series in the horizontal direction is, for example, 5 or more, preferably 5-200. Specifically, this number is, for example, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200. may be within the range.
 水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、互いに隣接する2枚の水耕栽培用パネル410の左側を左パネル411とし、右側を右パネル412とすると、図23Aに示すように、左パネル411の右側面402の上側突出部402bが、右パネル412の左側面401の下側突出部401aの上側に配置されるように重なり、図23Bに示すように、左パネル411の右側面402の下側突出部402aが、右パネル412の左側面401の上側突出部401bの下側に配置されるように重なる。 In the hydroponic panel system 413, if the left side of two hydroponic panels 410 adjacent to each other is the left panel 411 and the right side is the right panel 412, the right side of the left panel 411 is shown in FIG. 23A. 402 overlaps the lower protrusion 402b of the left side 401 of the right panel 412 so as to be positioned above the lower protrusion 401a of the left side 401 of the right panel 412, as shown in FIG. 23B. 402a is positioned below the upper protrusion 401b of the left side 401 of the right panel 412. As shown in FIG.
 つまり、左パネル411と右パネル412は、左パネル411の右側面402と右パネル412の左側面401は、重なり部403で互いに重なるように配置され、図23Aに示すように上側突出部402bと下側突出部401aが重なる第1重なり部403aでは左パネル411が上側となり、図23Bに示すように下側突出部402aと上側突出部401bが重なる第2重なり部403bでは、左パネル411が下側となる。このため、左パネル411と右パネル412が上下方向に相対移動することが抑制される。なお、第1重なり部403aと第2重なり部403bの配置は適宜入れ替えることができる。例えば、図22AのA-A断面の位置に、下側突出部402aと上側突出部401bが重なる第2重なり部403bを設け、図22AのB-B断面の位置に、上側突出部402bと下側突出部401aが重なる第1重なり部403aを設けてもよい。 That is, the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are arranged such that the right side 402 of the left panel 411 and the left side 401 of the right panel 412 overlap each other at the overlapping portion 403, and as shown in FIG. In the first overlapping portion 403a where the lower protruding portion 401a overlaps, the left panel 411 is on the upper side, and as shown in FIG. side. Therefore, relative movement of the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 in the vertical direction is suppressed. Note that the arrangement of the first overlapping portion 403a and the second overlapping portion 403b can be interchanged as appropriate. For example, a second overlapping portion 403b in which the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 401b overlap is provided at the position of the AA section of FIG. 22A, and the upper protruding portion 402b and the lower A first overlapping portion 403a on which the side projecting portion 401a overlaps may be provided.
 ここでは、図22A中の3枚のパネルのうちの左側の2枚を左パネル411と右パネル412としたが、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成する複数の水耕栽培用パネル410のうち、隣接する任意の2枚を左パネル411と右パネル412とすることができ、隣接する任意の2枚の水耕栽培用パネル410の上下方向の移動が同様に抑制される。このため、端に配置された水耕栽培用パネル410で他の水耕栽培用パネル410を押して直列に配置された複数の水耕栽培用パネル410を移動させる際に、一の水耕栽培用パネル410が隣接する水耕栽培用パネル410に乗り上げてしまうことを抑制することができる。水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成する複数の水耕栽培用パネル410は、同一形状であることが好ましいが、上述の作用によって上下方向の相対移動が抑制可能な形状であれば、同一形状でなくてもよい。 Here, two panels on the left side of the three panels in FIG. 22A are the left panel 411 and the right panel 412. , any two adjacent panels can be the left panel 411 and the right panel 412, and the vertical movement of any two adjacent hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is similarly suppressed. Therefore, when moving a plurality of hydroponic cultivation panels 410 arranged in series by pushing the other hydroponic cultivation panel 410 with the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 arranged at the end, one hydroponic cultivation panel 410 is moved. It is possible to prevent the panel 410 from running over the adjacent hydroponics panel 410 . It is preferable that the plurality of hydroponic panels 410 constituting the hydroponic panel system 413 have the same shape. It doesn't have to be.
 重なり部403a,403bの左右方向の長さOL1,OL2は、それぞれ、例えば、5~50mmであり、10~40mmが好ましい(本実施形態では18.2mm)。この長さが短すぎると、左パネル411と右パネル412の上下方向の相対移動の抑制が不十分になりやすい。また、この長さが長すぎると、水耕栽培用パネル410単独の左右方向の寸法が大きくなりすぎる場合がある。この長さは、具体的には例えば、5、10、15、20、25、30、35、40、45、50mmであり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。水耕栽培用パネル410の厚さをTとすると、OL1/T及びOL2/Tは、それぞれ、例えば、0.1~3であり、0.2~2が好ましく、具体的には例えば、0.1、0.2、0.5、1.0、1.5、2.0、2.5、3.0であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 The lengths OL1 and OL2 of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction are, for example, 5 to 50 mm, preferably 10 to 40 mm (18.2 mm in this embodiment). If this length is too short, the suppression of relative movement in the vertical direction between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 tends to be insufficient. Also, if this length is too long, the horizontal dimension of the hydroponics panel 410 alone may become too large. Specifically, this length is, for example, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 mm, and is within the range between any two of the numerical values exemplified here. good too. When the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is T, OL1/T and OL2/T are, for example, 0.1 to 3, preferably 0.2 to 2, and specifically, for example, 0. .1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 and within a range between any two of the numerical values exemplified herein. good too.
 左側面401は、一対の上側突出部401bを備え、左側面401では、下側突出部401aは、前後方向において一対の上側突出部401bの間に配置されている。右側面402は、一対の下側突出部402aを備え、右側面402では、上側突出部402bは、前後方向において一対の下側突出部402aの間に配置されている。このような構成によれば、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、第1重なり部403aが一対の第2重なり部403bで挟まれるので、左パネル411と右パネル412が前後方向に相対移動することが抑制される。 The left side 401 has a pair of upper protrusions 401b, and the lower protrusion 401a is arranged between the pair of upper protrusions 401b in the front-rear direction. The right side surface 402 includes a pair of lower protrusions 402a, and the upper protrusion 402b of the right side 402 is arranged between the pair of lower protrusions 402a in the front-rear direction. According to such a configuration, in the hydroponics panel system 413, the first overlapping portion 403a is sandwiched between the pair of second overlapping portions 403b, so that the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 move relative to each other in the front-rear direction. is suppressed.
 図21に示すように、左側面401は、凹部401caと凸部401cbが前後方向に並んで配置される凹凸部401cを備える。好ましくは、凹部401caは、一対の凸部401cbによって前後方向に挟まれる。また、左側面401は、凹凸部401cに厚さ方向に隣接した部位に、凹部401caと凸部401cbにまたがる範囲において平坦な平坦部401dを備える。右側面402は、凹部402caと凸部402cbが前後方向に並んで配置される凹凸部402cを備える。好ましくは、凸部402cbは、一対の凹部401caによって前後方向に挟まれる。また、右側面402は、凹凸部402cに厚さ方向に隣接した部位に、凹部402caと凸部402cbにまたがる範囲において平坦な平坦部402dを備える。平坦部401dと平坦部402dは、左右方向に対向する位置に設けられる。 As shown in FIG. 21, the left side surface 401 has an uneven portion 401c in which a concave portion 401ca and a convex portion 401cb are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction. Preferably, the concave portion 401ca is sandwiched between the pair of convex portions 401cb in the front-rear direction. In addition, the left side surface 401 has a flat portion 401d that is flat in a region that extends over the concave portion 401ca and the convex portion 401cb at a portion adjacent to the uneven portion 401c in the thickness direction. The right side surface 402 includes an uneven portion 402c in which a concave portion 402ca and a convex portion 402cb are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction. Preferably, the convex portion 402cb is sandwiched between the pair of concave portions 401ca in the front-rear direction. In addition, the right side surface 402 includes a flat portion 402d that is flat in a region that spans the concave portion 402ca and the convex portion 402cb at a portion adjacent to the uneven portion 402c in the thickness direction. The flat portion 401d and the flat portion 402d are provided at positions opposed to each other in the left-right direction.
 水耕栽培用パネルシステム413では、図22Aに示すように、左パネル411の右側面402の凸部402cbが、右パネル412の左側面401の凹部401ca内に配置される。また、図22Bに示すように、平坦部401dと平坦部402dが当接して左パネル411と右パネル412の間で押圧力が効率的に伝達可能である。凹凸部401c,402cと平坦部401d,402dの厚さは、それぞれ、水耕栽培用パネル410の厚さに対する割合が0.3~0.7であることが好ましい。水耕栽培用パネル410の厚さに対する凹凸部401c,402cと平坦部401d,402dのそれぞれの厚さの割合は、例えば0.3~0.7であり、具体的には例えば、0.3、0.4、0.5、0.6、0.7であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 In the hydroponics panel system 413, as shown in FIG. 22A, the convex portion 402cb of the right side surface 402 of the left panel 411 is arranged within the concave portion 401ca of the left side surface 401 of the right panel 412. Further, as shown in FIG. 22B, the flat portion 401d and the flat portion 402d are in contact with each other so that the pressing force can be efficiently transmitted between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412. As shown in FIG. It is preferable that the ratio of the thickness of the uneven portions 401c, 402c and the flat portions 401d, 402d to the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is 0.3 to 0.7. The ratio of the thickness of each of the uneven portions 401c, 402c and the flat portions 401d, 402d to the thickness of the hydroponics panel 410 is, for example, 0.3 to 0.7, and specifically, for example, 0.3. , 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, and may be in the range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
 なお、平坦部401dと平坦部402dが当接しているときでも、図23Aに示すように、凸部402cbの先端402cb3は、凹部401caの底面401ca3には当接しないことが好ましく、図23Bに示すように、凸部401cbの先端401cb3は、凹部402caの底面402ca3には当接しないことが好ましい。つまり、先端402cb3と底面401ca3の間に隙間が設けられ、先端401cb3と底面402ca3の間にも隙間が設けられることが好ましい。この場合、平坦部401dと平坦部402dのみで水耕栽培用パネル410間の押圧力が伝達されることになり、意図しない部位で押圧力が伝達されることを抑制することができる。 In addition, even when the flat portion 401d and the flat portion 402d are in contact with each other, the tip 402cb3 of the convex portion 402cb preferably does not contact the bottom surface 401ca3 of the concave portion 401ca as shown in FIG. 23A. Thus, it is preferable that the tip 401cb3 of the convex portion 401cb does not come into contact with the bottom surface 402ca3 of the concave portion 402ca. That is, it is preferable that a gap is provided between the tip 402cb3 and the bottom surface 401ca3, and a gap is also provided between the tip 401cb3 and the bottom surface 402ca3. In this case, the pressing force between the hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is transmitted only by the flat portions 401d and 402d, and it is possible to suppress the pressing force from being transmitted to unintended portions.
 図21に示すように、凹部401caは、平坦部401dより凹んでおり、凹部401caの下側の部位が下側突出部401aとなる。凸部401cbは、平坦部401dより突出しており、凸部401cbが上側突出部401bとなる。凹部402caは、平坦部402dより凹んでおり、凹部402caの下側の部位が下側突出部402aとなる。凸部402cbは、平坦部402dより突出しており、凸部402cbが上側突出部402bとなる。凸部402cbの側面402cb1は、凸部402cbの幅が先端に向かって細くなるように傾斜している。凹部401caの側面401ca1は、凹部401caの幅が底(左右方向の底)に向かって狭くなるように傾斜している。このような構成によれば、図22に示す水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、左パネル411の右側面402の凸部402cbが、右パネル412の左側面401の凹部401ca内に入り込みやすくなる。 As shown in FIG. 21, the recessed portion 401ca is recessed from the flat portion 401d, and the portion below the recessed portion 401ca serves as the lower projecting portion 401a. The convex portion 401cb protrudes from the flat portion 401d, and the convex portion 401cb becomes the upper protruding portion 401b. The recessed portion 402ca is recessed from the flat portion 402d, and the portion below the recessed portion 402ca serves as the lower projecting portion 402a. The convex portion 402cb protrudes from the flat portion 402d, and the convex portion 402cb becomes the upper protruding portion 402b. A side surface 402cb1 of the protrusion 402cb is inclined such that the width of the protrusion 402cb tapers toward the tip. A side surface 401ca1 of the recess 401ca is inclined such that the width of the recess 401ca narrows toward the bottom (bottom in the left-right direction). According to such a configuration, in the hydroponic cultivation panel system 413 shown in FIG.
 図21及び図23に示すように、上側突出部401b,402bの下面401b2,402b2は、上側突出部401b,402bの先端に向かって上面410aに近づくように傾斜している。このような構成によれば、図23Aに示すように、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、左パネル411の右側面402の上側突出部402bが、右パネル412の左側面401の平坦部401dに衝突したときに上側突出部402bが上向きに誘導されて、下側突出部401aの上に乗りやすくなる。上側突出部401bについても同様の作用効果が奏される。なお、本実施形態では、下側突出部401a,402aの上面401a2,402a2は、水平になっているが、下側突出部401a,402aの先端に向かって下面410bに近づくように傾斜していてもよい。この場合、上面401a2,402a2に水が貯まることが抑制される。また、上面401a2,402a2の傾斜角度は、下面401b2,402b2の傾斜角度以下であることが好ましい。 As shown in FIGS. 21 and 23, the lower surfaces 401b2 and 402b2 of the upper protrusions 401b and 402b are inclined toward the tips of the upper protrusions 401b and 402b so as to approach the upper surface 410a. According to such a configuration, as shown in FIG. Upon collision, the upper projecting portion 402b is guided upward, making it easier to ride on the lower projecting portion 401a. The same effect is exhibited also about the upper protrusion part 401b. In this embodiment, the upper surfaces 401a2 and 402a2 of the lower protruding portions 401a and 402a are horizontal, but are inclined toward the tips of the lower protruding portions 401a and 402a so as to approach the lower surface 410b. good too. In this case, accumulation of water on the upper surfaces 401a2 and 402a2 is suppressed. Also, the inclination angle of the upper surfaces 401a2 and 402a2 is preferably less than the inclination angle of the lower surfaces 401b2 and 402b2.
 水耕栽培用パネル410は、好ましくは、樹脂の中空成形体である。水耕栽培用パネル410は、ブロー成形や真空成形によって製造することができる。水耕栽培用パネル410の製造に用いる樹脂としては、ポリオレフィンなどの熱可塑性樹脂が好ましく、ポリオレフィンとしては、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体及びその混合物などが挙げられる。水耕栽培用パネル410は、アンダーカット形状を有していないので、分割金型を用いた成形によって容易に製造可能である。 The hydroponics panel 410 is preferably a resin hollow molding. The hydroponic panel 410 can be manufactured by blow molding or vacuum forming. Thermoplastic resins such as polyolefins are preferable as resins used for manufacturing the hydroponics panel 410. Polyolefins include low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers. and mixtures thereof. Since the hydroponics panel 410 does not have an undercut shape, it can be easily manufactured by molding using a split mold.
2.第2実施形態
 図24~図25を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第2実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410に類似しており、第1実施形態で述べた事項は、その趣旨に反しない限り、本実施形態にも当てはまる。以下、相違点を中心に説明する。
2. Second Embodiment A second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25. FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
 図24に示すように、本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410では、左側面401は、下側突出部401aと上側突出部401bを2つずつ有し、これらは互い違いに配置されている。右側面402は、下側突出部402aと上側突出部402bを2つずつ有し、これらは互い違いに配置されている。また、下側突出部401aと上側突出部402bが左右方向に対向し、上側突出部401bと下側突出部402aが左右方向に対向するように配置されている。また、本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、点対称形状となっている。このため、図25に示すように、複数の水耕栽培用パネル410を直列に並べて水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成する際に、水耕栽培用パネル410の向きを気にする必要がないという利点がある。 As shown in FIG. 24, in the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment, the left side surface 401 has two lower protrusions 401a and two upper protrusions 401b, which are arranged alternately. The right side 402 has two lower protrusions 402a and two upper protrusions 402b, which are staggered. Further, the lower projecting portion 401a and the upper projecting portion 402b are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction, and the upper projecting portion 401b and the lower projecting portion 402a are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction. Moreover, the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment has a point-symmetrical shape. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 25, when arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels 410 in series to configure a hydroponic panel system 413, there is no need to worry about the direction of the hydroponic panels 410. There is an advantage.
3.第3実施形態
 図26~図28を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第3実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410に類似しており、第1実施形態で述べた事項は、その趣旨に反しない限り、本実施形態にも当てはまる。以下、相違点を中心に説明する。
3. Third Embodiment A third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28. FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
 本実施形態での水耕栽培用パネル410は、平坦部401d,402dが設けられておらず、重なり部403a,403bの左右方向の長さOL1,OL2が第1実施形態よりも長くなっている(本実施形態では36.5mm)。これによって、左パネル411と右パネル412の間の上下方向の係合が解除されにくくなっている。また、下側突出部401aと上側突出部401bの先端がほぼ面一であり、下側突出部402aと上側突出部402bの先端もほぼ面一である。 The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 in this embodiment is not provided with the flat portions 401d and 402d, and the lengths OL1 and OL2 of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction are longer than those in the first embodiment. (36.5 mm in this embodiment). This makes it difficult for the vertical engagement between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 to be released. Further, the tips of the lower protruding portion 401a and the upper protruding portion 401b are substantially flush, and the tips of the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 402b are also substantially flush.
 本実施形態では、図26に示すように、下側突出部401aに設けられる凹部401caの側面401ca1には段差部401ca2が設けられており、上側突出部402bに設けられる凸部402cbの側面402cb1にも段差部402cb2が設けられている。段差部401ca2,402cb2は、それぞれ、左右方向に垂直な平面になっているため、図27に示す水耕栽培用パネルシステム413では、段差部401ca2,402cb2が当接することで、左パネル411と右パネル412の間で押圧力が効率的に伝達可能である。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26, a stepped portion 401ca2 is provided on the side surface 401ca1 of the concave portion 401ca provided in the lower protruding portion 401a, and the side surface 402cb1 of the protruding portion 402cb provided in the upper protruding portion 402b is provided with a stepped portion 401ca2. A step portion 402cb2 is also provided. Since the stepped portions 401ca2 and 402cb2 are planes perpendicular to the horizontal direction, in the hydroponic cultivation panel system 413 shown in FIG. A pressing force can be efficiently transmitted between the panels 412 .
 なお、段差部401ca2,402cb2が当接しているときでも、図28Aに示すように、上側突出部402bの先端402b6は、凹部401caの底面401ca3には当接しないことが好ましく、図28Bに示すように、上側突出部401bの先端401b6は、凹部402caの底面402ca3には当接しないことが好ましい。つまり、先端402b6と底面401ca3の間に隙間が設けられ、先端401b6と底面402ca3の間にも隙間が設けられることが好ましい。この場合、段差部401ca2,402cb2のみで水耕栽培用パネル410間の押圧力が伝達されることになり、意図しない部位で押圧力が伝達されることを抑制することができる。 Even when the stepped portions 401ca2 and 402cb2 are in contact with each other, it is preferable that the tip 402b6 of the upper projecting portion 402b does not contact the bottom surface 401ca3 of the recessed portion 401ca as shown in FIG. 28B. Moreover, it is preferable that the tip 401b6 of the upper protrusion 401b does not contact the bottom surface 402ca3 of the recess 402ca. In other words, it is preferable that a gap is provided between the tip 402b6 and the bottom surface 401ca3, and a gap is also provided between the tip 401b6 and the bottom surface 402ca3. In this case, the pressing force between the hydroponic cultivation panels 410 is transmitted only by the stepped portions 401ca2 and 402cb2, and it is possible to suppress the pressing force from being transmitted to unintended portions.
4.第4実施形態
 図29~図32を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第4実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、第1及び第3実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410に類似しており、第1及び第3実施形態で述べた事項は、その趣旨に反しない限り、本実施形態にも当てはまる。以下、相違点を中心に説明する。
4. Fourth Embodiment A fourth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 32. FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first and third embodiments, and the matters described in the first and third embodiments are not contrary to the gist thereof. So far, this also applies to this embodiment. The following description will focus on the differences.
 本実施形態での水耕栽培用パネル410は、重なり部403a,403bの左右方向の長さが第1~第3実施形態よりも短くなっている(本実施形態では11.2mm)。このため、水耕栽培用パネル410単独の左右方向の寸法が小さく、水耕栽培用パネル410の保管スペースを小さくすることが可能になっている。 In the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of this embodiment, the length of the overlapping portions 403a and 403b in the horizontal direction is shorter than those of the first to third embodiments (11.2 mm in this embodiment). Therefore, the horizontal dimension of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 alone is small, and the storage space for the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 can be reduced.
 また、下側突出部401a,402a及び上側突出部401b,402bには傾斜面401a1,402a1,401b1,402b1が設けられており、図31~図32に示す水耕栽培用パネルシステム413では、図32Aに示すように傾斜面401a1,402b1が当接し、図32Bに示すように傾斜面402a1,401b1が当接することによって、左パネル411と右パネル412の間で押圧力が効率的に伝達可能である。傾斜面401a1,402a1,401b1,402b1は、平坦面であり、水耕栽培用パネル410の厚さ方向の60%以上に渡って設けられることが好ましい。この割合は、例えば60~100%であり、具体的には例えば、60、65、70、75、80、85、90、95、100%であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲内であってもよい。 In addition, inclined surfaces 401a1, 402a1, 401b1, and 402b1 are provided on the lower protruding portions 401a, 402a and the upper protruding portions 401b, 402b. The contact between the inclined surfaces 401a1 and 402b1 as shown in 32A and the contact between the inclined surfaces 402a1 and 401b1 as shown in FIG. be. The inclined surfaces 401 a 1 , 402 a 1 , 401 b 1 , 402 b 1 are flat surfaces and are preferably provided over 60% or more of the thickness direction of the hydroponics panel 410 . This ratio is, for example, 60 to 100%, specifically, for example, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100%, between any two of the numerical values illustrated here may be within the range of
 さらに、図30Aに示すように、左側面401では、下側突出部401aと上側突出部401bの間のパーティングラインPLは、斜め方向に延びており、その結果、下側突出部401aの先端縁401a5の幅が、根本縁401a4の幅よりも狭くなっている。つまり、下側突出部401aが先細りになっている。また、図30Bに示すように、右側面402では、下側突出部402aと上側突出部402bの間のパーティングラインPLは、斜め方向に延びており、その結果、上側突出部402bの先端縁402b5の幅が、根本縁402b4の幅よりも狭くなっている。つまり、上側突出部402bが先細りになっている。このような構成によれば、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413では、先端縁401a5が一対の下側突出部402aの間に入りやすく、先端縁402b5が一対の上側突出部401bの間に入りやすい。このため、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413を構成する際に、水耕栽培用パネル410同士を係合させるのが容易になる。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 30A, on the left side surface 401, the parting line PL between the lower protruding portion 401a and the upper protruding portion 401b extends obliquely. The width of the edge 401a5 is narrower than the width of the root edge 401a4. That is, the lower projecting portion 401a is tapered. In addition, as shown in FIG. 30B, on the right side surface 402, the parting line PL between the lower protruding portion 402a and the upper protruding portion 402b extends obliquely. The width of 402b5 is narrower than the width of root edge 402b4. That is, the upper projecting portion 402b is tapered. According to such a configuration, in the hydroponics panel system 413, the leading edge 401a5 easily enters between the pair of lower protrusions 402a, and the leading edge 402b5 easily enters between the pair of upper protrusions 401b. Therefore, when configuring the hydroponic panel system 413, it becomes easy to engage the hydroponic panels 410 with each other.
5.第5実施形態
 図33を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第5実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410に類似しており、第1実施形態で述べた事項は、その趣旨に反しない限り、本実施形態にも当てはまる。以下、相違点を中心に説明する。
5. Fifth Embodiment A fifth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment is similar to the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment, and the matters described in the first embodiment are applicable to the present embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit thereof. also applies. The following description will focus on the differences.
 本実施形態では、水耕栽培用パネル410の下側突出部401a,402a及び上側突出部401b,402bには、それぞれ、係合部401a3,402a3,401b3,402b3が設けられている。第1重なり部403aでは、係合部402b3と係合部401a3が左右方向に係合し、第2重なり部403bでは、係合部402a3と係合部401b3が左右方向に係合する。この構成によれば、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413において、左パネル411と右パネル412の間で引張力が効率的に伝達可能である。このため、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413の端にある水耕栽培用パネル410を引っ張って、水耕栽培用パネルシステム413に含まれる複数の水耕栽培用パネル410を同時に移動させることができる。 In this embodiment, engaging portions 401a3, 402a3, 401b3, 402b3 are provided on the lower protruding portions 401a, 402a and the upper protruding portions 401b, 402b of the hydroponics panel 410, respectively. In the first overlapping portion 403a, the engaging portion 402b3 and the engaging portion 401a3 engage in the horizontal direction, and in the second overlapping portion 403b, the engaging portion 402a3 and the engaging portion 401b3 engage in the horizontal direction. According to this configuration, tensile force can be efficiently transmitted between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 in the hydroponics panel system 413 . Therefore, by pulling the hydroponic panel 410 at the end of the hydroponic panel system 413, the plurality of hydroponic panels 410 included in the hydroponic panel system 413 can be moved simultaneously.
6.第6実施形態
 図34~図38を用いて、本発明の第3観点の第6実施形態について説明する。本実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410は、第1実施形態の水耕栽培用パネル410に、第5実施形態に記載のような、引張力の伝達構造を設けた形状を有する。従って、第1実施形態で述べた事項は、その趣旨に反しない限り、本実施形態にも当てはまる。以下、相違点を中心に説明する。
6. Sixth Embodiment A sixth embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 34 to 38. FIG. The hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the present embodiment has a shape in which the hydroponic cultivation panel 410 of the first embodiment is provided with a tensile force transmission structure as described in the fifth embodiment. Therefore, the matters described in the first embodiment also apply to this embodiment as long as they do not contradict the spirit of the first embodiment. The following description will focus on the differences.
 本実施形態では、左側面401に設けられた係合突起401fが、右側面402に設けられた係合凹部402f内に収容されることによって、隣接する2枚の水耕栽培用パネル410が左右方向に互いに係合されて、引張力の伝達が可能になっている。 In the present embodiment, the engaging projection 401f provided on the left side surface 401 is accommodated in the engaging recessed portion 402f provided on the right side surface 402, so that the two adjacent hydroponic cultivation panels 410 are arranged on the left and right sides. are directionally engaged with each other to allow transmission of tensile forces.
 図34Bに示すように、係合突起401fは、左側面401の下側突出部401aの上面に設けられている。係合突起401fは、凹部401ca内に配置されている。つまり、係合突起401fは、一対の上側突出部401bの間に配置されている。図34Dに示すように、右側面402の上側突出部402bには、ベース凹部402gと、係合凹部402fが設けられている。ベース凹部402gと、係合凹部402fは、上側突出部402bの下面(つまり、下側突出部401aに対向する面)に設けられている。ベース凹部402gは、上側突出部402bの左右方向の先端から基端に向かって延びるように設けられている。係合凹部402fは、ベース凹部402gに繋がるように前後方向に延びるように設けられている。係合凹部402fの右側には係合壁402hが設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 34B, the engaging projection 401f is provided on the upper surface of the lower projecting portion 401a of the left side surface 401. As shown in FIG. The engagement protrusion 401f is arranged in the recess 401ca. That is, the engaging protrusion 401f is arranged between the pair of upper protrusions 401b. As shown in FIG. 34D, the upper protrusion 402b of the right side surface 402 is provided with a base recess 402g and an engaging recess 402f. The base concave portion 402g and the engaging concave portion 402f are provided on the lower surface of the upper protruding portion 402b (that is, the surface facing the lower protruding portion 401a). The base concave portion 402g is provided so as to extend from the distal end in the left-right direction of the upper projecting portion 402b toward the proximal end. The engaging recess 402f is provided so as to extend in the front-rear direction so as to be connected to the base recess 402g. An engaging wall 402h is provided on the right side of the engaging recess 402f.
 隣接する2枚の水耕栽培用パネル410を互いに係合させる際には、図35及び図36Aに示すように、左パネル411と右パネル412を互いに近接させ、その後に、右パネル412の係合突起401fを、左パネル411のベース凹部402g内に挿入する。図37Aに示すように、係合突起401fが係合凹部402fに前後方向に対向する位置にまで挿入されると、図37Bに示すように、右パネル412と左パネル411を前後方向に相対移動させることによって、係合突起401fを係合凹部402f内に挿入させる。この状態では、図38に示すように係合突起401fと係合凹部402fが係合しているので、右パネル412と左パネル411を引き離す方向に引張力を加えると、係合突起401fと係合壁402hが当接して、左パネル411と右パネル412の間で引張力を伝達することができる。係合突起401fと係合壁402hは、中実であることが好ましい。この場合、係合突起401fと係合壁402hの強度が高くなって、右パネル412と左パネル411を引き離す方向に引張力を加えたときに係合突起401fと係合壁402hが変形しにくくなる。 When engaging two adjacent hydroponic panels 410 with each other, as shown in FIGS. 35 and 36A, the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are brought close to each other, and then the right panel 412 is engaged. The mating projection 401 f is inserted into the base recess 402 g of the left panel 411 . As shown in FIG. 37A, when the engaging projection 401f is inserted into the engaging recess 402f to a position opposed to the front-rear direction, the right panel 412 and the left panel 411 are moved relative to each other in the front-rear direction as shown in FIG. 37B. The engagement projection 401f is inserted into the engagement recess 402f by moving the engagement projection 401f. In this state, the engaging protrusion 401f and the engaging recess 402f are engaged with each other as shown in FIG. The joint wall 402h abuts and can transmit a tensile force between the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 . The engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h are preferably solid. In this case, the strength of the engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h increases, and when a tensile force is applied in the direction of separating the right panel 412 and the left panel 411, the engaging projection 401f and the engaging wall 402h are less likely to deform. Become.
 第5実施形態では、右パネル412と左パネル411を係合させるには、厚さ方向に突出する凸部を乗り越えさせる必要があり、パネルの重量の増大に伴って、右パネル412と左パネル411を係合させる際の作業性が悪くなりやすい。一方、本実施形態では、左パネル411と右パネル412を互いに面内で相対移動させることによって係合させることができるので、作業性に優れている。 In the fifth embodiment, in order to engage the right panel 412 and the left panel 411, it is necessary to get over the protrusion projecting in the thickness direction. The workability when engaging the 411 tends to deteriorate. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 can be engaged by moving relative to each other in the plane, so workability is excellent.
 ところで、ベース凹部402g及び係合凹部402fは、水耕栽培用パネル410の下面に設けられているので、左パネル411と右パネル412を上側から見ながら係合させようとしたときに、ベース凹部402gが視認できず、係合突起401fをベース凹部402gに挿入することが容易ではない。ベース凹部402gの前後方向の長さを長くすれば係合突起401fをベース凹部402gに挿入しやすくなるが、その場合、係合突起401fと係合壁402hが当接する長さが短くなり、左パネル411と右パネル412の係合が意図せずに解除されてしまいやすくなる。 By the way, since the base concave portion 402g and the engaging concave portion 402f are provided on the lower surface of the hydroponic cultivation panel 410, when the left panel 411 and the right panel 412 are to be engaged while viewed from above, the base concave portion 402g cannot be visually recognized, and it is not easy to insert the engaging protrusion 401f into the base recess 402g. If the length of the base recessed portion 402g in the front-rear direction is increased, it becomes easier to insert the engaging projection 401f into the base recessed portion 402g. The engagement between the panel 411 and the right panel 412 is likely to be released unintentionally.
 このような問題を解決すべく、本実施形態では、図36Bに示すように、係合突起401fが、ベース凹部402gに挿入可能な位置よりも、係合壁402hから離れた位置に配置されている場合に、係合突起401fが上側突出部402bに当接する前に、上側突出部401bと上側突出部402bが当接するようになっている。そして、上側突出部401bと上側突出部402bが当接する部位には、係合突起401fをベース凹部402gに挿入可能な位置に案内するガイド構造410cが設けられており、左パネル411と右パネル412を近づけると、ガイド構造410cによって係合突起401fがベース凹部402gに挿入可能な位置に案内され、係合突起401fをベース凹部402g内に容易に挿入することができるようになっている。 In order to solve such a problem, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36B, the engaging protrusion 401f is arranged at a position farther from the engaging wall 402h than the position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g. In this case, the upper protruding portion 401b and the upper protruding portion 402b abut before the engaging protrusion 401f contacts the upper protruding portion 402b. A guide structure 410c that guides the engagement protrusion 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g is provided at a portion where the upper protrusion 401b and the upper protrusion 402b abut. is brought closer, the guide structure 410c guides the engagement protrusion 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g, so that the engagement protrusion 401f can be easily inserted into the base recess 402g.
 ガイド構造410cは、左パネル411の側面402cb1と、右パネル412の側面401ca1によって構成される。ガイド構造410cを構成する側面402cb1及び側面401ca1は、第1実施形態に比べて、前後方向に対する傾斜角度が大きくなっているために、係合突起401fが上側突出部402bに当接する前に、側面402cb1及び側面401ca1が当接して係合突起401fをベース凹部402gに挿入可能な位置にガイド可能になっている。ガイド構造410cを構成する側面402cb1及び側面401ca1のうち、傾斜角度が最大の部位での傾斜角度は、例えば60~90度であり、具体的には例えば、60、65、70、75、80、85、90度であり、ここで例示した数値の何れか2つの間の範囲であってもよい。 The guide structure 410c is composed of a side surface 402cb1 of the left panel 411 and a side surface 401ca1 of the right panel 412. Compared to the first embodiment, the side surface 402cb1 and the side surface 401ca1 that constitute the guide structure 410c have a larger inclination angle with respect to the front-rear direction. 402cb1 and the side surface 401ca1 are in contact with each other to guide the engagement projection 401f to a position where it can be inserted into the base recess 402g. Of the side surface 402cb1 and the side surface 401ca1 that constitute the guide structure 410c, the inclination angle at the portion having the largest inclination angle is, for example, 60 to 90 degrees. 85, 90 degrees, and may range between any two of the values exemplified herein.
(第4観点の実施形態)
 図面を参照して本発明の第4観点の実施形態について説明する。図39に示すように、実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッド501は、外郭が略長方形状をなすとともに上方に開放された略凹状(換言すれば略浅皿状)の本体部510を備えている。本体部510には、例えば植物の水耕栽培に用いる養液が貯留され、植物が担持された水耕栽培用パネルが養液上に浮かべられる。本体部510は、その全体が硬質プラスチック(非発泡材料)により形成され、内部が中空とされている。以下では、本体部510における短辺方向を前後方向(図39における手前側を前側とする)(第2方向)とし、長辺方向を左右方向(図11における左側を左側とする)(第1方向)として説明する。
(Embodiment of fourth aspect)
An embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 39, a hydroponic cultivation bed 501 according to the embodiment includes a main body portion 510 having a substantially rectangular outer shell and a substantially concave shape (in other words, a substantially shallow plate shape) opened upward. there is A nutrient solution used for, for example, hydroponic cultivation of plants is stored in the main body 510, and a hydroponic cultivation panel carrying a plant is floated on the nutrient solution. The body portion 510 is entirely made of hard plastic (non-foam material) and has a hollow interior. In the following description, the short side direction of the main body 510 is the front-rear direction (the front side in FIG. 39 is the front side) (second direction), and the long side direction is the left-right direction (the left side in FIG. 11 is the left side) (first direction). direction).
 本体部510は、底板を構成する底板部512、及び底板部512の前後左右の各端縁512a,512b,512c,512dから浅く立ち上がるとともに側板を構成する側板部514を有している。側板部514は、底板部512の端辺からやや外側に向けて二段階に傾斜して立ち上がる立ち上がり部514a、及び立ち上がり部514aの立ち上がり先端部から外側に向けて水平に張り出す張出部514bを有している。立ち上がり部514aには、内側(底板部512側)に突出する補強リブ514a1が略全域に亘って設けられている。また、本体部510は、前後両側の張出部514b上に設けられるとともに底板部512側に風(流体)を送るための後述する送風部516を有している。 The body portion 510 has a bottom plate portion 512 that constitutes a bottom plate, and side plate portions 514 that rise shallowly from the front, rear, left, and right edges 512a, 512b, 512c, and 512d of the bottom plate portion 512 and constitute side plates. The side plate portion 514 has a rising portion 514a that rises slightly outward from the edge of the bottom plate portion 512 in two stages, and an overhanging portion 514b that horizontally projects outward from the rising tip of the rising portion 514a. have. A reinforcing rib 514a1 protruding inward (toward the bottom plate portion 512) is provided over substantially the entire area of the rising portion 514a. Further, the main body portion 510 has air blowing portions 516, which are provided on the front and rear projecting portions 514b on both sides, and for sending air (fluid) to the bottom plate portion 512 side, which will be described later.
 図40に示すように、本体部510は、左右方向に連結される複数の連結ユニット520,530,540に分離される。具体的には、本体部510は、左側端部に連結される左端連結ユニット520、右側端部に連結される右端連結ユニット530、及び左端連結ユニット520と右端連結ユニット530の間に連結される中間連結ユニット540の3つの連結ユニット520,530,540により構成されている。各連結ユニット520,530,540は、外郭がいずれも略正方形状とされ、略等しい大きさとされている。 As shown in FIG. 40, the body portion 510 is separated into a plurality of connection units 520, 530, 540 that are connected in the left-right direction. Specifically, the body part 510 is connected to a left end connection unit 520 connected to the left end, a right end connection unit 530 connected to the right end, and connected between the left end connection unit 520 and the right end connection unit 530 . An intermediate connecting unit 540 is composed of three connecting units 520 , 530 , 540 . Each of the connection units 520, 530, 540 has a substantially square outline and substantially the same size.
 左端連結ユニット520、右端連結ユニット530、及び中間連結ユニット540は、それぞれ本体部510の底板部512の一部を構成する左端底板部522、右端底板部532、中間底板部542を有しており、それぞれ本体部510の側板部514の一部を構成する左端側板部524、右端側板部534、中間側板部544を有している。左端側板部524、右端側板部534、中間側板部544は、それぞれ本体部510の立ち上がり部514aの一部を構成する左端立ち上がり部524a、右端立ち上がり部534a、中間立ち上がり部544aを有しており、それぞれ本体部510の張出部514bの一部を構成する左端張出部524b、右端張出部534b、中間張出部544bを有している。 The left end connection unit 520, the right end connection unit 530, and the intermediate connection unit 540 have a left end bottom plate portion 522, a right end bottom plate portion 532, and an intermediate bottom plate portion 542, respectively, which constitute a part of the bottom plate portion 512 of the main body portion 510. , a left end side plate portion 524 , a right end side plate portion 534 , and an intermediate side plate portion 544 which constitute a part of the side plate portion 514 of the main body portion 510 . The left end side plate portion 524, the right end side plate portion 534, and the intermediate side plate portion 544 respectively have a left end rising portion 524a, a right end rising portion 534a, and an intermediate rising portion 544a that constitute a part of the rising portion 514a of the main body portion 510, It has a left end projecting portion 524b, a right end projecting portion 534b, and an intermediate projecting portion 544b, which constitute a part of the projecting portion 514b of the main body portion 510, respectively.
 左端連結ユニット520は、左端底板部522の前後両側の端縁522a,522b及び左側の端縁522cから左端側板部524が立ち上がっており、右側(端縁522d側)が左右方向に開放されている(即ち、左端側板部524が設けられていない)。右端連結ユニット530は、右端底板部532の前後両側の端縁532a,532b及び右側の端縁532dから右端側板部534が立ち上がっており、左側(端縁532c側)が左右方向に開放されている(即ち、右端側板部534が設けられていない)。中間連結ユニット540は、中間底板部542の前後両側の端縁542a,542bから中間側板部544が立ち上がっており、左右両側(端縁542c,542d側)がそれぞれ左右方向に開放されている(即ち、中間側板部544が設けられていない)。 In the left end connection unit 520, the left end side plate portion 524 rises from the front and rear end edges 522a, 522b and the left end edge 522c of the left end bottom plate portion 522, and the right side (end edge 522d side) is open in the left-right direction. (That is, the left end side plate portion 524 is not provided). In the right end connection unit 530, a right end side plate portion 534 rises from the front and rear edges 532a and 532b and the right end edge 532d of the right end bottom plate portion 532, and the left side (edge 532c side) is open in the left-right direction. (That is, the right end side plate portion 534 is not provided). In the intermediate connection unit 540, the intermediate side plate portion 544 rises from the front and rear edges 542a and 542b of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, and the left and right sides (edges 542c and 542d) are opened in the left and right direction (that is, , the intermediate side plate portion 544 is not provided).
 また、左端連結ユニット520は、右側(開放された側)の端縁522d側に下側連結部(第1嵌合部)526を有している。右端連結ユニット530は、左側(開放された側)の端縁532c側に上側連結部(第2嵌合部)538を有している。中間連結ユニット540は、左側(開放された側)の端縁542c側に上側連結部(第2嵌合部)548を有しており、右側(開放された側)の端縁542d側に下側連結部(第1嵌合部)546を有している。 In addition, the left end connection unit 520 has a lower connection portion (first fitting portion) 526 on the right (open side) edge 522d side. The right end connection unit 530 has an upper connection portion (second fitting portion) 538 on the left (open side) edge 532c side. The intermediate connecting unit 540 has an upper connecting portion (second fitting portion) 548 on the left (open side) edge 542c side and a lower connecting portion (second fitting portion) 548 on the right (open side) edge 542d side. It has a side connecting portion (first fitting portion) 546 .
 図41に示すように、中間連結ユニット540の下側連結部546は、中間底板部542及び中間側板部544よりも薄肉とされている。具体的には、下側連結部546は、中間底板部542及び中間側板部544の厚み方向における内側部分(中間底板部542の上側部分、前方側の中間側板部544の後側部分、後方側の中間側板部544の前側部分)が除かれた形状とされている。下側連結部546の左右両側には、上方に開放し、前後方向に沿って溝状に延びる嵌合凹部546aがそれぞれ設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 41 , the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 is thinner than the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 . Specifically, the lower connecting portion 546 is the inner portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 in the thickness direction (the upper portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, the rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544 on the front side, the rear side). The front side portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544) is removed. On both left and right sides of the lower connecting portion 546, there are provided fitting recesses 546a that open upward and extend in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
 両嵌合凹部546aの間には、それぞれシール材550が収容された一対のシール材収容部546bが前後方向に沿って溝状に設けられている(図43参照)。各シール材収容部546bに収容されたシール材550は、略角柱状をなしており、前後方向に沿って延びている。シール材550は、例えばシリコンゴムで形成されている。シール材550は、上下方向の厚み寸法が左右方向の厚み寸法よりも小さくされており、その上面がシール材収容部546bの開口よりもわずかに上方に位置している。各嵌合凹部546a及び各シール材550(各シール材収容部546b)は、下側連結部546の前端部近傍から後端部近傍に亘って設けられている。 Between the fitting recesses 546a, a pair of sealing material accommodating parts 546b each accommodating a sealing material 550 are provided in a groove shape along the front-rear direction (see FIG. 43). The sealing material 550 accommodated in each sealing material accommodating portion 546b has a substantially prismatic shape and extends in the front-rear direction. The sealing material 550 is made of silicon rubber, for example. The vertical thickness of the sealing material 550 is smaller than the horizontal thickness, and the upper surface of the sealing material 550 is located slightly above the opening of the sealing material accommodating portion 546b. Each fitting recess 546 a and each sealing material 550 (each sealing material housing part 546 b ) are provided from the vicinity of the front end to the vicinity of the rear end of the lower connecting part 546 .
 両シール材550(両シール材収容部546b)の間には、複数の下側ネジ孔546c(ネジ止めされる部位)が設けられている。即ち、両シール材550は、各下側ネジ孔546cを左右方向に挟み込む形で設けられている。複数の下側ネジ孔546cは、前後方向に沿って略等間隔で設けられている。複数の下側ネジ孔546cは、下側連結部546のうち中間底板部542から延びる部分にのみ設けられており、上下方向に貫通している。また、各下側ネジ孔546cから一方のシール材550までの間隔と他方のシール材550までの間隔は略等しくされている。各下側ネジ孔546cには、後述するネジ部材S1が挿通される。なお、左端連結ユニット520に設けられた下側連結部526についても、中間連結ユニット540に設けられた下側連結部546と同様の構成となっている。 A plurality of lower screw holes 546c (parts to be screwed) are provided between both sealing materials 550 (both sealing material housing portions 546b). In other words, both seal members 550 are provided in a manner to sandwich each lower screw hole 546c in the left-right direction. The plurality of lower screw holes 546c are provided at approximately equal intervals along the front-rear direction. A plurality of lower screw holes 546c are provided only in a portion of the lower connecting portion 546 extending from the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, and penetrate vertically. Also, the distance from each lower screw hole 546c to one sealing material 550 and the distance to the other sealing material 550 are substantially equal. A screw member S1, which will be described later, is inserted through each lower screw hole 546c. The lower connecting portion 526 provided on the left end connecting unit 520 also has the same configuration as the lower connecting portion 546 provided on the intermediate connecting unit 540 .
 一方、中間連結ユニット540の上側連結部548は、図42に示すように、中間底板部542及び中間側板部544よりも薄肉とされている。具体的には、上側連結部548は、中間底板部542及び中間側板部544の厚み方向における外側部分(中間底板部542の下側部分、前方側の中間側板部544の前側部分、後方側の中間側板部544の後側部分)が除かれた形状とされている。上側連結部548の下面は、下側連結部526(下側連結部546)の上面形状に沿った形状とされている。 On the other hand, the upper connecting portion 548 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 is made thinner than the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the upper connecting portion 548 is the outer portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542 and the intermediate side plate portion 544 in the thickness direction (the lower portion of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542, the front portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544 on the front side, and the rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544). The rear portion of the intermediate side plate portion 544) is removed. The lower surface of the upper connecting portion 548 has a shape that follows the shape of the upper surface of the lower connecting portion 526 (lower connecting portion 546).
 上側連結部548の左右両側には、前後方向に沿って設けられ、下方に凸状に突出する嵌合凸部548aがそれぞれ設けられている。両嵌合凸部548aの間には、ネジ部材S1が挿通される複数の上側ネジ孔548cが前後方向に沿って設けられている。右端連結ユニット530に設けられた上側連結部538についても、中間連結ユニット540に設けられた上側連結部548と同様の構成とされ、それぞれ対応する位置に嵌合凸部538a及び上側ネジ孔538cが設けられている(図43参照)。 On both left and right sides of the upper connecting portion 548, fitting convex portions 548a are provided along the front-rear direction and protrude downward. A plurality of upper screw holes 548c through which the screw members S1 are inserted are provided along the front-rear direction between the fitting projections 548a. The upper connecting portion 538 provided in the right end connecting unit 530 has the same configuration as the upper connecting portion 548 provided in the intermediate connecting unit 540, and has a fitting convex portion 538a and an upper screw hole 538c at corresponding positions. provided (see FIG. 43).
 図43に示すように、右端連結ユニット530に設けられた上側連結部538の各嵌合凸部538a及び各上側ネジ孔538cは、中間連結ユニット540に設けられた下側連結部546の各嵌合凹部546a及び各下側ネジ孔546cと上下方向に対応するように設けられている。このため、右端連結ユニット530の上側連結部538と中間連結ユニット540の下側連結部546を上下方向(中間底板部542の板面の法線方向)に重ね合わせることにより、嵌合凸部538aが嵌合凹部546aに嵌合され、各上側ネジ孔538cの開口と各下側ネジ孔546cの開口とが重なり合うようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 43 , the fitting projections 538 a and the upper screw holes 538 c of the upper coupling portion 538 provided on the right end coupling unit 530 are fitted to the lower coupling portions 546 of the intermediate coupling unit 540 . It is provided so as to vertically correspond to the joint recess 546a and each lower screw hole 546c. Therefore, by overlapping the upper connecting portion 538 of the right end connecting unit 530 and the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 in the vertical direction (normal direction of the plate surface of the intermediate bottom plate portion 542), the fitting protrusion 538a is fitted in the fitting recess 546a, and the opening of each upper screw hole 538c and the opening of each lower screw hole 546c are overlapped.
 このように右端連結ユニット530の上側連結部538と中間連結ユニット540の下側連結部546を重ね合わせ、各下側ネジ孔546c及び各上側ネジ孔538cにその下側からネジ部材S1を挿通して上側連結部538と下側連結部546の間をネジ止めすることにより、右端連結ユニット530と中間連結ユニット540の間が連結される。上側連結部538と下側連結部546の間が上下方向に嵌合されることにより、その厚み寸法が各底板部522,532,542及び各側板部524,534,544の厚み寸法と略等しくされ、各底板部522,532,542の上面と上側連結部538(548)の上面が同一平面上に位置する。このように、隣り合う2つの連結ユニット520,530,540の間を上下方向に嵌合できるため、連結を容易に行うことができる。 In this way, the upper connecting portion 538 of the right end connecting unit 530 and the lower connecting portion 546 of the intermediate connecting unit 540 are overlapped, and the screw member S1 is inserted from below into each lower screw hole 546c and each upper screw hole 538c. By screwing between the upper connecting portion 538 and the lower connecting portion 546, the right end connecting unit 530 and the intermediate connecting unit 540 are connected. By vertically fitting between the upper connecting portion 538 and the lower connecting portion 546, the thickness dimension thereof becomes substantially equal to the thickness dimension of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542 and the side plate portions 524, 534, 544. The top surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542 and the top surface of the upper connecting portion 538 (548) are located on the same plane. In this manner, two adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be fitted vertically, so that connection can be easily performed.
 また、上側連結部538と下側連結部546の間をネジ止めすることにより、下側連結部546に設けられた各シール材550の上面が上側連結部538を押圧しながら上側連結部538と当接する。これにより、上側連結部538と下側連結部546の間がその前端部近傍から後端部近傍に亘って各シール材550によりシールされる。このため、各連結ユニット520,530,540が互いに連結されて本体部510に養液等が貯留された状態において、2つの連結ユニット520,530,540の嵌合部分(下側連結部526,546と上側連結部538,548の間、各上側ネジ孔538c及び各下側ネジ孔546c)から養液等が漏れることを防止することができる。また、各下側ネジ孔546cから両シール材550までの間隔が略等しくされていることから、ネジ止めを行う際に一対のシール材550に略均等に力が加わり、両シール材550による上側連結部538,548を押圧する力を略均等なものとすることができる。なお、中間連結ユニット540に設けられた上側連結部548と左端連結ユニット520に設けられた下側連結部526の間の連結についても、同様の連結態様となっている。 Further, by screwing between the upper connecting portion 538 and the lower connecting portion 546 , the upper surface of each sealing member 550 provided on the lower connecting portion 546 presses the upper connecting portion 538 and the upper connecting portion 538 . abut. As a result, the space between the upper connecting portion 538 and the lower connecting portion 546 is sealed by the sealing materials 550 from the vicinity of the front end to the vicinity of the rear end. Therefore, in a state in which the connecting units 520, 530, 540 are connected to each other and the nutrient solution or the like is stored in the main body 510, the fitting portions (the lower connecting portions 526, 540) of the two connecting units 520, 530, 540 546 and the upper connecting portions 538, 548, and from each upper screw hole 538c and each lower screw hole 546c), it is possible to prevent leakage of the nutrient solution or the like. In addition, since the distances from each lower screw hole 546c to both seal members 550 are substantially equal, force is applied substantially equally to the pair of seal members 550 when screwing. The force pressing the connecting portions 538 and 548 can be substantially uniform. The connection between the upper connecting portion 548 provided on the intermediate connecting unit 540 and the lower connecting portion 526 provided on the left end connecting unit 520 also has the same connection mode.
 次に、水耕栽培用ベッド501の本体部510に取り付けられる送風部516について説明する。図40に示すように、送風部516は、各連結ユニット520,530,540の張出部524b,534b,544b上に設けられている。即ち、本体部510は、6つの送風部516を有している。図41に示すように、送風部516は、一方側が平坦面とされた略半円筒状をなしており、内部が送風路516aとされている。送風部516は、本体部510と一体に成形され、本体部510と同様に硬質プラスチック(非発泡材料)により形成されている。送風部516は、その筒軸方向の寸法が各連結ユニット520,530,540に設けられた各張出部524b,534b,544bの左右方向寸法と略等しくされている。送風部516の外周面には、複数の吹出口516bが筒軸方向に沿って略等間隔で設けられている。各吹出口516bの開口は、横長の(筒軸方向を長軸方向とする)楕円形状とされ、底板部542(522,532)側に向けられている。 Next, the blower section 516 attached to the main body section 510 of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 will be described. As shown in FIG. 40, the air blower 516 is provided on the overhangs 524b, 534b, 544b of the connecting units 520, 530, 540, respectively. That is, the body portion 510 has six blower portions 516 . As shown in FIG. 41, the air blower 516 has a substantially semi-cylindrical shape with one flat surface, and an air passage 516a inside. The blower portion 516 is molded integrally with the main body portion 510 and is made of hard plastic (non-foaming material) like the main body portion 510 . The blower portion 516 has a dimension in the cylinder axis direction substantially equal to the lateral dimension of each projecting portion 524b, 534b, 544b provided in each of the connecting units 520, 530, 540. As shown in FIG. A plurality of outlets 516b are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the air blower 516 at approximately equal intervals along the cylinder axis direction. The opening of each blow-out port 516b has a laterally long elliptical shape (with the cylinder axis direction as the major axis direction) and is directed toward the bottom plate portion 542 (522, 532).
 図42及び図44に示すように、送風部516の一方の端部には、当該端部から筒軸方向に沿って軸状に突出する内側接続部(被接続口)516dが設けられている。内側接続部516dの内部は筒軸方向に貫通しており、送風路516aと連通している。送風部516の他方の端部には、当該端部から筒軸方向に沿って軸状に突出する外側接続部(接続口)516eが設けられている。外側接続部516eの内部は筒軸方向に貫通しており、送風路516aと連通している。このため、内側接続部516d又は外側接続部516eから空気を送り込むことにより、送風路516a内の全域に空気を流すことができ、各吹出口516bから底板部542(522,532)側に向けて空気が吹き出すようになっている。 As shown in FIGS. 42 and 44, one end of the air blower 516 is provided with an inner connecting portion (connected port) 516d axially protruding from the end along the cylinder axis direction. . The inside of the inner connection portion 516d penetrates in the cylinder axis direction and communicates with the air passage 516a. The other end of the air blower 516 is provided with an outer connection portion (connection port) 516e that axially protrudes from the end along the cylinder axis direction. The inside of the outer connection portion 516e penetrates in the cylinder axis direction and communicates with the air passage 516a. Therefore, by sending air from the inner connection portion 516d or the outer connection portion 516e, the air can flow throughout the air passage 516a, and the air can flow from each outlet 516b toward the bottom plate portion 542 (522, 532). Air is blown out.
 外側接続部516eの開口径は内側接続部516dの外径と略等しくされている。外側接続部516eの内側に内側接続部516dが入り込むことにより、内側接続部516dが外側接続部516eと接続されるようになっている(図44に示す破線参照)。内側接続部516dが外側接続部516eと接続されることにより、隣り合う送風部516の間で内部に設けられた送風路516aが連通する。このため、互いに接続された送風部516の一方の端部側から露出する内側接続部516d又は外側接続部516eの開口から空気を送り込むことにより、各送風部516の送風路516aに空気を流すことができる。 The opening diameter of the outer connecting portion 516e is approximately equal to the outer diameter of the inner connecting portion 516d. By inserting the inner connecting portion 516d into the outer connecting portion 516e, the inner connecting portion 516d is connected to the outer connecting portion 516e (see the broken line shown in FIG. 44). By connecting the inner connection portion 516d to the outer connection portion 516e, the air passages 516a provided inside the adjacent air blowing portions 516 communicate with each other. Therefore, by sending air from the opening of the inner connecting portion 516d or the outer connecting portion 516e exposed from one end side of the blowing portions 516 connected to each other, the air can flow through the blowing passages 516a of the blowing portions 516. can be done.
 このように、送風部516は、内側接続部516dの開口と外側接続部516eの開口のいずれからでも空気を送り込むことができるため、本体部510に貯留された養液上に水耕栽培用パネルを浮かべて水耕栽培を行う際、空気が送り込まれる側(風上側)、即ち風量が大きな側に成長度合いが大きな植物を配置し、空気が排出される側(風下側)、即ち風量が小さな側に成長度合いが小さな植物を配置することができる。これにより、植物の成長を効果的に促進させることができる。 In this way, since the air blower 516 can blow air from either the opening of the inner connection part 516d or the opening of the outer connection part 516e, the hydroponic cultivation panel can be placed on the nutrient solution stored in the main body part 510. When carrying out hydroponic cultivation, the side where the air is sent (windward), that is, the side with a large air volume, is placed on the side with a large degree of growth, and the side where the air is discharged (leeward side), that is, the air volume is small. Plants with low growth rate can be placed on the side. Thereby, the growth of plants can be effectively promoted.
 次に、図42、図43、及び図45を参照して、水耕栽培用ベッド501に設けられた送水部529,539,549について説明する。送水部529,539,549は、各連結ユニット520,530,540の底板部522,532,542の下面側に設けられている。即ち、本体部510は、3つの送水部529,539,549を有している。各送水部529,539,549は、いずれも同様の構成とされており、以下では、中間連結ユニット540に設けられた送水部549について説明する。 Next, the water supply units 529, 539, 549 provided in the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 will be described with reference to FIGS. Water supply portions 529 , 539 , 549 are provided on the lower surface side of bottom plate portions 522 , 532 , 542 of respective connection units 520 , 530 , 540 . That is, the main body part 510 has three water feeding parts 529 , 539 , 549 . Each of the water feeding portions 529, 539, 549 has the same configuration, and the water feeding portion 549 provided in the intermediate connection unit 540 will be described below.
 送水部549は、底板部542の下面の略全域に亘って曲線状に複数回屈曲しながら延びるように設けられている。送水部549の内部には、水(流体)が流れる空間である送水路549aが形成されている。底板部542の下面には、送水路549aを囲む形で底板部542の下面の一部が上方側に加締められた加締め部542eが設けられている(換言すれば、加締め部542eにより送水部549が形成されている)。即ち、送水路549aは、中空とされた本体部510の内部の空間の一部を利用して設けられており、本体部510の内部の空間から加締め部542eにより分離された空間となっている。このため、水耕栽培用ベッド501の軽量化を図りながら、送水路529a,539a,549aを設けることができる。 The water supply part 549 is provided so as to extend over substantially the entire area of the lower surface of the bottom plate part 542 while bending multiple times in a curved shape. Inside the water supply section 549, a water supply channel 549a, which is a space through which water (fluid) flows, is formed. The lower surface of the bottom plate portion 542 is provided with a crimped portion 542e in which a part of the lower surface of the bottom plate portion 542 is crimped upward so as to surround the water supply passage 549a (in other words, the crimped portion 542e water feeding portion 549 is formed). That is, the water supply channel 549a is provided using a part of the space inside the hollow body portion 510, and is a space separated from the space inside the body portion 510 by the crimping portion 542e. there is Therefore, the water supply channels 529a, 539a, and 549a can be provided while reducing the weight of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 .
 送水路549aの一端部(以下、第1導入部549a1という。)は、中間連結ユニット540の底板部542のうち上側連結部548に近接した部分の前後方向略中央位置に配置されている。送水路549aの他端部(以下、第2導入部549a2という。)は、中間連結ユニット540の底板部542のうち下側連結部546に近接した部分の前後方向略中央位置に配置されている。第1導入部549a1及び第2導入部549a2は、いずれも略円錐台状とされ、その内側に下方に開口する導入口549bが設けられている。そして、この導入口549bから送水路549a内に水を導入できるようになっている。 One end of the water supply channel 549a (hereinafter referred to as a first introduction portion 549a1) is arranged at a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of a portion of the bottom plate portion 542 of the intermediate connection unit 540 that is close to the upper connection portion 548. The other end of the water supply channel 549a (hereinafter referred to as a second introduction portion 549a2) is arranged at a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of a portion of the bottom plate portion 542 of the intermediate connection unit 540 that is close to the lower connection portion 546. . Both of the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2 have a substantially truncated cone shape, and an introduction port 549b opening downward is provided inside thereof. Water can be introduced into the water supply channel 549a through the inlet 549b.
 各導入部549a1,549a2の導入口549bには、導入口549bを開閉するためのノズル部材560が装着されている。なお、図43及び図45では、中間連結ユニット540の加締め部542e、送水部549、送水路549a、第1導入部549a1及び第2導入部549a2に対応する左端連結ユニット520の各部位をそれぞれ符号522e、529、529a、529a1、529a2で示し、中間連結ユニット540の加締め部542e、送水部549、送水路549a、第1導入部549a1及び第2導入部549a2、導入口549bに対応する右端連結ユニット530の各部位をそれぞれ符号532e、539、539a、539a1、539a2、539bで示す。 A nozzle member 560 for opening and closing the introduction port 549b is attached to the introduction port 549b of each of the introduction portions 549a1 and 549a2. 43 and 45, each part of the left end connection unit 520 corresponding to the crimped portion 542e, the water supply portion 549, the water supply channel 549a, the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2 of the intermediate connection unit 540 is Reference numerals 522e, 529, 529a, 529a1, and 529a2 indicate a right end corresponding to the crimping portion 542e of the intermediate connection unit 540, the water supply portion 549, the water supply passage 549a, the first introduction portion 549a1 and the second introduction portion 549a2, and the introduction port 549b. Each part of the connecting unit 530 is denoted by reference numerals 532e, 539, 539a, 539a1, 539a2 and 539b.
 ノズル部材560を開いて導入口539b、549bから各送水路529a,539a,549aに水を導入することにより、各送水路529a,539a,549aが設けられた各連結ユニット520,530,540を冷却することができる。送水部529,539,549は底板部522,532,542の下面の略全域に亘って設けられているため、各連結ユニット520,530,540を効果的に冷却することができる。 By opening the nozzle member 560 and introducing water into the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a from the inlets 539b, 549b, the connection units 520, 530, 540 provided with the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a are cooled. can do. Since the water supply portions 529, 539, 549 are provided over substantially the entire lower surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542, the connection units 520, 530, 540 can be effectively cooled.
 また、図45に示すように、隣り合う連結ユニット520,530,540の一方側に設けられた第1導入部529a1,539a1,549a1と他方側に設けられた第2導入部529a2,539a2,549a2の間をホース部材570により接続することができる。これにより、各送水路529a,539a,549aがホース部材570を介して互いに連通するため、一部の送水路529a,539a,549aに水を導入することで、各送水路529a,539a,549aに水を導入することができる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 45, the first introduction portions 529a1, 539a1, 549a1 provided on one side of the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 and the second introduction portions 529a2, 539a2, 549a2 provided on the other side of the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be connected by a hose member 570. As a result, the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a communicate with each other through the hose member 570, so that by introducing water into some of the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a, the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a Water can be introduced.
 以上説明したように本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッド501は、液体が貯留される略凹状の本体部510を備えている。そして、本体部510は、内部が中空とされ、内部の一部に風が流れる送風路516a及び水が流れる送水路529a、539a、549aを有している。これにより、本体部510の養液等が貯留される部分に別途部材を設けることなく水耕栽培用ベッド501に空気や水等を流すことができ、養液等が貯留される部分の清掃等を容易に行うことができる。このように本実施形態では、耐久性に優れ、メンテナンスが容易な水耕栽培用ベッド501を提供することができる。 As described above, the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 according to this embodiment includes the substantially concave main body 510 in which the liquid is stored. The body portion 510 has a hollow interior, and has an air passage 516a through which air flows and water passages 529a, 539a, and 549a through which water flows. As a result, air, water, and the like can flow through the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 without providing a separate member in the portion of the main body 510 where the nutrient solution or the like is stored. can be easily done. Thus, in this embodiment, it is possible to provide the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 that is excellent in durability and easy to maintain.
 さらに、本実施形態に係る水耕栽培用ベッド501は、本体部510が非発泡材料である硬質プラスチックで形成されているため、水耕栽培用ベッド501の耐久性が高められており、本体部510に貯留された養液等が漏れることがない。このため、発泡スチロールが用いられた従来の水耕栽培用ベッドのように養液が貯留される部分にフィルム部材等を敷く必要がない。このため、本体部510の養液が貯留される部分の清掃を、掃除ロボット等を用いて自動化することができ、水耕栽培用ベッド501のメンテナンスを従来に比して一層容易なものとすることができる。加えて、本体部510の内部が中空とされていることにより、水耕栽培用ベッド501の軽量化を図ることができる。 Furthermore, in the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 according to the present embodiment, the main body 510 is made of hard plastic, which is a non-foaming material. The nutrient solution or the like stored in 510 does not leak. Therefore, it is not necessary to lay a film member or the like on the portion where the nutrient solution is stored, unlike the conventional beds for hydroponic cultivation using polystyrene foam. Therefore, the cleaning of the portion of the main body 510 in which the nutrient solution is stored can be automated using a cleaning robot or the like, making the maintenance of the hydroponic bed 501 easier than before. be able to. In addition, since the inside of the main body part 510 is hollow, the weight of the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 can be reduced.
 また、水耕栽培用ベッド501では、本体部510は、左右方向に連結される3つの各連結ユニット520,530,540により設けられ、各連結ユニット520,530,540の各々は、略矩形状の底板部522,532,542、及び底板部522,532,542の端縁から立ち上がる側板部524,534,544を有し、左右方向における少なくとも一方側が左右方向に開放されている。このため、各連結ユニット520,530,540の開放された側同士を互いに連結させることにより、各連結ユニット520,530,540が連結された状態で、各底板部512,532,542と各側板部524,534,544によって囲まれた養液を貯留するための略凹状の部分を設けることができる。また、このように本体部510を複数の連結ユニット520,530,540が連結された構成とすることにより、本体部510のメンテナンスを一層容易なものとすることができる。 Further, in the hydroponic cultivation bed 501, the main body 510 is provided by three connecting units 520, 530, 540 connected in the left-right direction, and each of the connecting units 520, 530, 540 has a substantially rectangular shape. bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542 and side plate portions 524, 534, 544 rising from the edges of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542, and at least one side in the left-right direction is open in the left-right direction. Therefore, by connecting the open sides of the connecting units 520, 530, 540 to each other, the bottom plate portions 512, 532, 542 and the side plates can be connected to each other while the connecting units 520, 530, 540 are connected. A generally concave portion for retaining the nutrient solution surrounded by the portions 524, 534, 544 may be provided. Further, by configuring the body portion 510 in such a manner that a plurality of connection units 520, 530, and 540 are connected, the maintenance of the body portion 510 can be made easier.
 また、水耕栽培用ベッド501では、各連結ユニット520,530,540の各々は、開放された側に下側連結部526,546及び上側連結部538,548を有し、隣り合う2つの連結ユニット520,530,540の下側連結部526,546及び上側連結部538,548同士が嵌合されることにより連結される。これにより、隣り合う2つの連結ユニット520,530,540を連結するための具体的な構成を提供することができる。 In addition, in the hydroponic cultivation bed 501, each of the connection units 520, 530, 540 has lower connection portions 526, 546 and upper connection portions 538, 548 on the open side, and two adjacent connection portions are provided. The lower connecting portions 526, 546 and the upper connecting portions 538, 548 of the units 520, 530, 540 are connected by being fitted to each other. Thereby, a specific configuration for connecting two adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540 can be provided.
 また、水耕栽培用ベッド501は、底板部522,532,542の端縁のうち左右方向と直交する前後方向の両側の端縁からそれぞれ立ち上がる側板部524,534,544の立ち上がり先端部(張出部524b,534b,544b)に設けられるとともに左右方向に沿って風を送る送風路516aを流路として含み、送風路516aは、送風路516a内を流れる風を底板部522,532,542側に吹き出す吹出口516bを有している。これにより、本体部510に養液が貯留されて植物が担持された水耕栽培用パネルが養液上に浮かべられた状態において、植物側(底板部522,532,542側)に風を送るための具体的な構成を提供することができる。 In addition, the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 includes rising tip portions (stretching) of the side plate portions 524, 534, and 544 that rise from the edges of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 on both sides in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the left-right direction. The air passages 516a are provided in the outlet portions 524b, 534b, 544b) and send air along the left-right direction as flow passages. It has an air outlet 516b that blows out into the air. As a result, in a state in which the hydroponic cultivation panel in which the nutrient solution is stored in the main body 510 and the plant is floated on the nutrient solution, air is sent to the plant side (the side of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, 542). can provide a specific configuration for
 また、水耕栽培用ベッド501は、底板部522,532,542の下面側(側板部524,534,544が立ち上がる側とは反対側)に設けられるとともに水を送る送水路529a,539a,549aを流路として含み、送水路529a,539a,549aは、その両端部に送水路529a,539a,549a内に水を導入する導入口539b,549bを有している。これにより、本体部510に養液が貯留された状態において送水路529a,539a,549a内に冷却水を流すことにより、養液を冷却することができる。このため、養液を冷却するための送水路529a,539a,549aを本体部510の内部に設けるための具体的な構成を提供することができる。さらに、隣り合う導入口539b,549bをホース部材570で接続することにより、隣り合う連結ユニット520,530,540の間で送水路529a,539a,549aを接続することができ、各連結ユニット520,530,540に一括して冷却水を流すことができる。 In addition, the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 is provided on the lower surface side of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 (on the side opposite to the side where the side plate portions 524, 534, and 544 rise), and the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a for sending water. are included as channels, and the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a have inlets 539b, 549b at both ends thereof for introducing water into the water channels 529a, 539a, 549a. As a result, the nutrient solution can be cooled by flowing cooling water through the water supply channels 529a, 539a, and 549a in a state where the nutrient solution is stored in the main body 510. FIG. Therefore, it is possible to provide a specific configuration for providing the water supply channels 529a, 539a, 549a for cooling the nutrient solution inside the main body 510. FIG. Furthermore, by connecting the adjacent inlets 539b, 549b with the hose member 570, the water supply channels 529a, 539a, 549a can be connected between the adjacent connection units 520, 530, 540, and each connection unit 520, Cooling water can be supplied collectively to 530 and 540 .
 ここで、仮に底板部の上面側に送水路が設けられている構成である場合、本体部に養液が貯留されることにより送水路が溶液中に浸かるため、送水路に植物の根が絡みつく問題や、養液の貯留部分の清掃を行い難い等の問題が発生することがある。これに対し本実施形態の水耕栽培用ベッド501では、底板部522,532,542の下面側に送水路529a,539a,549aを設けることにより、底板部522,532,542の上面を平坦面とすることができるため、上記のような問題が発生することを防止することができる。 Here, in the case of a configuration in which a water channel is provided on the upper surface side of the bottom plate portion, the water channel is immersed in the solution when the nutrient solution is stored in the main body, and the roots of the plants are entangled in the water channel. problems such as difficulty in cleaning the portion where the nutrient solution is stored may occur. On the other hand, in the hydroponic cultivation bed 501 of the present embodiment, the upper surfaces of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542 are flattened by providing the water channels 529a, 539a, and 549a on the lower surface side of the bottom plate portions 522, 532, and 542. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the above problems from occurring.
 以上、本発明の第4観点の実施形態について説明したが、本発明は上記実施形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨を逸脱しない限りにおいて、種々の変更が可能である。例えば水耕栽培用パネルに設けられる各孔の大きさや配置、形状等は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、上記の実施形態では、水耕栽培用ベッドが互いに連結される3つの連結ユニットにより構成される例を示したが、水耕栽培用ベッドが互いに連結される2つ又は4つ以上の連結ユニットにより構成されるものであってもよい。また、上記の実施形態では、送風部が本体部と一体に成形された構成を例示したが、送風部が本体部と別体とされ、各張出部に対して着脱可能とされた構成であってもよい。 Although the embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention has been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible without departing from the gist thereof. For example, the size, arrangement, shape, etc. of each hole provided in the hydroponics panel can be changed as appropriate. For example, in the above embodiments, an example in which the hydroponic cultivation bed is configured by three connection units that are connected to each other is shown, but two or four or more connection units that connect the hydroponic cultivation bed to each other It may be configured by a unit. In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the air blower is formed integrally with the main body. There may be.
10:水耕栽培用パネル、10a:上面、10b:下面、12:取手、20:孔、30:上面側シート、30a:第1溶融樹脂シート、32:上面側開口部、40:下面側シート、42:下面側開口部、42a:第1テーパ部、42b:第2テーパ部、50:栓体、60:樹脂成形装置、61:第1金型、61a:キャビティ、61b:ピンチオフ部、62:第2金型、62a:キャビティ、62b:ピンチオフ部、63:型枠、64:型枠、71:第1ピン、72:第2ピン、120:孔、132:上面側開口部、142:下面側開口部、142a:第1テーパ部、220:孔、232:上面側開口部、242:下面側開口部、D1~D5:開口径、J:接合部、N:養液、P:植物、S:空間、W1,W2:横幅、W3~W5:縦幅、θ1~θ3:傾斜角度、304:栽培物、305:パリソン、305a:第1樹脂シート、305b:第2樹脂シート、305c:バリ、307:溶着部、308:成形体、309:養液、310:水耕栽培用パネル、310a:上面、310b:下面、320:孔、320a:ベース面、320b:内縁、320c:下側側面、320d:突起、320e:テーパー面、320f:外縁、320g:部位、320h:外縁、320i:上側側面、320j:非薄肉部、320k:カット面、320l:はみ出し樹脂部、321:第1金型、321a:第1リブ、321b:第1ベース、321c:第1取付突起、321e:第1取付孔、321f:賦形面、321g:先端面、321h:外縁、321i:環状面、321j:凹部、322:第2金型、322a:第2リブ、322b:第2ベース、322c:第2取付突起、322e:第2取付孔、322f:賦形面、322g:先端面、322h:外縁、322i:環状面、322j:凹部、323:樹脂溜まり、350:栓体、B:領域、C1:中心位置、C2:中心位置、D1:開口径、D2:開口径、D3:開口径、E:領域、P:植物、α:角度、γ:傾斜角度、θ:角度、401:左側面、401a:下側突出部、401a1:傾斜面、401a2:上面、401a3:係合部、401a4:根本縁、401a5:先端縁、401b:上側突出部、401b1:傾斜面、401b2:下面、401b3:係合部、401b6:先端、401c:凹凸部、401ca:凹部、401ca1:側面、401ca2:段差部、401ca3:底面、401cb:凸部、401cb3:先端、401d:平坦部、401f:係合突起、402:右側面、402a:下側突出部、402a1:傾斜面、402a2:上面、402a3:係合部、402b:上側突出部、402b1:傾斜面、402b2:下面、402b3:係合部、402b4:根本縁、402b5:先端縁、402b6:先端、402c:凹凸部、402ca:凹部、402ca3:底面、402cb:凸部、402cb1:側面、402cb2:段差部、402cb3:先端、402d:平坦部、402f:係合凹部、402g:ベース凹部、402h:係合壁、403:重なり部、403a:第1重なり部、403b:第2重なり部、410:水耕栽培用パネル、410a:上面、410b:下面、410c:ガイド構造、411:左パネル、412:右パネル、413:水耕栽培用パネルシステム、420:孔、PL:パーティングライン、501:水耕栽培用ベッド、510:本体部、512:底板部、512a:端縁、512b:端縁、512c:端縁、512d:端縁、514:側板部、514a:立ち上がり部、514a1:補強リブ、514b:張出部、516:送風部、516a:送風路、516b:吹出口、516d:内側接続部、516e:外側接続部、520:左端連結ユニット、522:左端底板部、522a:端縁、522b:端縁、522c:端縁、522d:端縁、522e:加締め部、524:左端側板部、524a:左端立ち上がり部、524b:左端張出部、526:下側連結部、529:送水部、529a:送水路、529a1:第1導入部、529a2:第2導入部、530:右端連結ユニット、532:右端底板部、532a:端縁、532b:端縁、532c:端縁、532d:端縁、532e:加締め部、534:右端側板部、534a:右端立ち上がり部、534b:右端張出部、538:上側連結部、538a:嵌合凸部、538c:上側ネジ孔、539:送水部、539a:送水路、539a1:第1導入部、539a2:第2導入部、539b:導入口、540:中間連結ユニット、542:中間底板部、542a:端縁、542b:端縁、542c:端縁、542d:端縁、542e:加締め部、544:中間側板部、544a:中間立ち上がり部、544b:中間張出部、546:下側連結部、546a:嵌合凹部、546b:シール材収容部、546c:下側ネジ孔、548:上側連結部、549:送水部、549a:送水路、549a1:第1導入部、549a2:第2導入部、549b:導入口、550:シール材、560:ノズル部材、570:ホース部材、S1:ネジ部材 10: hydroponics panel, 10a: upper surface, 10b: lower surface, 12: handle, 20: hole, 30: upper surface side sheet, 30a: first molten resin sheet, 32: upper surface side opening, 40: lower surface side sheet , 42: lower surface side opening, 42a: first tapered portion, 42b: second tapered portion, 50: plug body, 60: resin molding apparatus, 61: first mold, 61a: cavity, 61b: pinch-off portion, 62 : Second mold 62a: Cavity 62b: Pinch-off portion 63: Formwork 64: Formwork 71: First pin 72: Second pin 120: Hole 132: Top side opening 142: Lower surface side opening, 142a: first tapered portion, 220: hole, 232: upper surface side opening, 242: lower surface side opening, D1 to D5: opening diameter, J: junction, N: nutrient solution, P: plant , S: space, W1, W2: horizontal width, W3 to W5: vertical width, θ1 to θ3: inclination angle, 304: cultivated product, 305: parison, 305a: first resin sheet, 305b: second resin sheet, 305c: Burr, 307: Welding part, 308: Molded body, 309: Nutrient solution, 310: Hydroponics panel, 310a: Upper surface, 310b: Lower surface, 320: Hole, 320a: Base surface, 320b: Inner edge, 320c: Lower side Side surface 320d: Protrusion 320e: Tapered surface 320f: Outer edge 320g: Site 320h: Outer edge 320i: Upper side surface 320j: Non-thin portion 320k: Cut surface 320l: Protruding resin portion 321: First gold Mold, 321a: first rib, 321b: first base, 321c: first mounting projection, 321e: first mounting hole, 321f: shaping surface, 321g: tip surface, 321h: outer edge, 321i: annular surface, 321j: recess 322: second mold 322a: second rib 322b: second base 322c: second mounting projection 322e: second mounting hole 322f: shaping surface 322g: tip surface 322h: outer edge; 322i: annular surface, 322j: concave portion, 323: resin reservoir, 350: plug, B: region, C1: center position, C2: center position, D1: opening diameter, D2: opening diameter, D3: opening diameter, E: Region, P: plant, α: angle, γ: inclination angle, θ: angle, 401: left side surface, 401a: lower protrusion, 401a1: inclined surface, 401a2: upper surface, 401a3: engaging portion, 401a4: root edge 401b1: Inclined surface 401b2: Lower surface 401b3: Engaging portion 401b6: Tip 401c: Uneven portion 401ca: Recessed portion 401ca1: Side surface 401ca2: Stepped portion 401ca3 : bottom surface 401cb: convex portion 401cb3: tip 401d: flat portion 401f: engaging protrusion 402: right side surface 402a: lower projecting portion 402a1: inclined surface 402a2: upper surface 402a3: engaging portion 402b: upper protruding portion, 402b1: inclined surface, 402b2: lower surface, 402b3: engaging portion, 402b4: root edge, 402b5: tip edge, 402b6: tip, 402c: uneven portion, 402ca: recessed portion, 402ca3: bottom surface, 402cb: Protruding portion 402cb1: side surface 402cb2: stepped portion 402cb3: tip 402d: flat portion 402f: engaging recessed portion 402g: base recessed portion 402h: engaging wall 403: overlapping portion 403a: first overlapping portion 403b: second overlapping portion, 410: hydroponic cultivation panel, 410a: upper surface, 410b: lower surface, 410c: guide structure, 411: left panel, 412: right panel, 413: hydroponic cultivation panel system, 420: hole , PL: parting line, 501: bed for hydroponic cultivation, 510: body portion, 512: bottom plate portion, 512a: edge, 512b: edge, 512c: edge, 512d: edge, 514: side plate portion, 514a: rising portion, 514a1: reinforcing rib, 514b: projecting portion, 516: air blowing portion, 516a: air blowing passage, 516b: air outlet, 516d: inner connecting portion, 516e: outer connecting portion, 520: left end connection unit, 522 : left end bottom plate portion 522a: edge 522b: edge 522c: edge 522d: edge 522e: crimping portion 524: left end side plate portion 524a: left end rising portion 524b: left end projecting portion 526: lower connection portion, 529: water supply portion, 529a: water supply channel, 529a1: first introduction portion, 529a2: second introduction portion, 530: right end connection unit, 532: right end bottom plate portion, 532a: edge, 532b: Edge 532c: Edge 532d: Edge 532e: Crimp portion 534: Right end side plate portion 534a: Right end rising portion 534b: Right end projecting portion 538: Upper connecting portion 538a: Fitting protrusion , 538c: upper screw hole, 539: water supply part, 539a: water supply channel, 539a1: first introduction part, 539a2: second introduction part, 539b: introduction port, 540: intermediate connection unit, 542: intermediate bottom plate part, 542a: edge, 542b: edge, 542c: edge, 542d: edge, 542e: crimped portion, 544: intermediate side plate portion, 544a: intermediate rising portion, 544b: intermediate projecting portion, 546: lower connecting portion, 546a: fitting recess, 546b: sealing material accommodating portion, 546c: lower screw hole, 548: upper connecting portion, 549: water supply portion, 549a: water supply channel, 549a1: first introduction portion, 549a2: second introduction portion, 549b: introduction port, 550: sealing material, 560: nozzle member, 570: hose member, S1: screw member

Claims (23)

  1.  複数の孔が設けられた水耕栽培用パネルであって、
     前記孔は、植物が挿入される前記水耕栽培用パネルの上面側に開口する上面側開口部と、該上面側開口部に連通して前記水耕栽培用パネルの下面側に開口するとともに前記下面側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされた下面側開口部とを含み、
     内部が中空とされ、前記上面側開口部は前記上面の一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されており、前記下面側開口部は前記下面の一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されており、
     少なくとも前記上面側は非発泡材料で形成されている、
     ことを特徴とする水耕栽培用パネル。
    A hydroponics panel provided with a plurality of holes,
    The hole has an upper surface side opening portion that opens to the upper surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel into which the plant is inserted, and an upper surface side opening portion that communicates with the upper surface side opening portion and opens to the lower surface side of the hydroponic cultivation panel. a lower surface side opening having a shape that gradually expands in diameter toward the lower surface side,
    The inside is hollow, the upper surface side opening is formed by bending a part of the upper surface toward the inside, and the lower surface side opening is formed by bending a part of the lower surface toward the inside. is formed by
    At least the upper surface side is formed of a non-foamed material,
    A hydroponics panel characterized by:
  2.  前記下面側開口部は、前記水耕栽培用パネルの法線方向に対する傾斜角度が前記下面側に向けて漸次小さくなる形で多段階に傾斜することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の水耕栽培用パネル。 2. The hydroponic system according to claim 1, wherein the lower surface side opening is inclined in multiple stages in such a manner that the inclination angle with respect to the normal direction of the hydroponic cultivation panel gradually decreases toward the lower surface side. Cultivation panel.
  3.  前記上面側に設けられた上面側シートと前記下面側に設けられた下面側シートが互いに貼り合わされてなり、
     前記下面側開口部は、前記下面側シートの一部が前記内部側に屈曲することにより形成されている、
     ことを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の水耕栽培用パネル。
    The upper surface side sheet provided on the upper surface side and the lower surface side sheet provided on the lower surface side are attached to each other,
    The lower surface side opening is formed by bending a part of the lower surface side sheet toward the inside,
    The hydroponic cultivation panel according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that:
  4.  前記上面側開口部は、前記上面側に向けて漸次拡径する形で傾斜するテーパ状とされていることを特徴とする請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の水耕栽培用パネル。 The hydroponic cultivation panel according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the upper surface side opening is tapered so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the upper surface side. .
  5.  複数の孔が設けられた水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法であって、
     第1溶融樹脂シートを第1金型に配置するとともに第2溶融樹脂シートを第2金型に配置する配置工程と、
     前記第1金型と前記第2金型を型締めして前記第1溶融樹脂シートと前記第2溶融樹脂シートを溶着する溶着工程と、を備え、
     前記配置工程は、外面が前記第1金型側に向けて漸次拡径する形状とされた突出部を前記第1金型に設け、前記突出部を含む面上に前記第1溶融樹脂シートを配置することで前記第1溶融樹脂シートの前記突出部と重なる位置に前記孔を設ける、
     ことを特徴とする水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法。
    A method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel provided with a plurality of holes,
    a placing step of placing the first molten resin sheet in the first mold and placing the second molten resin sheet in the second mold;
    a welding step of clamping the first mold and the second mold to weld the first molten resin sheet and the second molten resin sheet;
    In the placing step, the first mold is provided with a projecting portion whose outer surface gradually expands in diameter toward the first mold, and the first molten resin sheet is placed on the surface including the projecting portion. providing the hole at a position overlapping the protrusion of the first molten resin sheet by arranging the
    A method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel, characterized by:
  6.  水耕栽培用パネルであって、
     前記パネルには、栽培物が挿入される孔が前記パネルを上下方向に貫通するように設けられており、
     前記孔内には、環状のベース面と、前記ベース面の外縁から上面に向かって延在する上側側面が設けられており、
     前記ベース面と前記上側側面は、非平行である、パネル。
    A hydroponics panel,
    The panel is provided with a hole into which the cultivated material is inserted so as to penetrate the panel in the vertical direction,
    The hole is provided with an annular base surface and an upper side surface extending from the outer edge of the base surface toward the upper surface,
    The panel, wherein the base surface and the upper side surface are non-parallel.
  7.  請求項6に記載のパネルであって、
     前記孔には、前記ベース面の内縁から下面に向かって延在する下側側面が設けられており、
     前記ベース面と前記下側側面の間の角度は、20~90度である、パネル。
    A panel according to claim 6, comprising:
    The hole is provided with a lower side surface extending from the inner edge of the base surface toward the lower surface,
    The panel, wherein the angle between said base surface and said lower side surface is between 20 and 90 degrees.
  8.  請求項7に記載のパネルであって、
     前記下側側面は、前記下面に向かって漸次拡径するように傾斜するテーパー面である、パネル。
    A panel according to claim 7, comprising:
    The panel, wherein the lower side surface is a tapered surface that is inclined so as to gradually increase in diameter toward the lower surface.
  9.  水耕栽培用パネルの製造方法であって、
     配置工程と、成形工程と、後処理工程を備え、
     前記配置工程では、互いに開閉可能な第1及び第2金型を開状態にして、第1及び第2金型の間にパリソンを配置し、
     第1金型は、第1リブを備え、
     第2金型は、第2リブを備え、
     第1及び第2リブは、互いに対向するように配置され、
     第1リブの先端面の外縁の直径は、第2リブの先端面の外縁の直径よりも大きく、
     前記成形工程では、第1金型と第2金型の間に前記パリソンを配置した状態で第1及び第2金型を閉状態にして第1及び第2リブを互いに突き合わせることによって、前記パリソンの対向する内面同士を溶着させて溶着部を形成すると共に前記パリソンをパネル形状に成形して成形体を形成し、
     前記後処理工程では、前記溶着部を除去して孔を形成する、方法。
    A method for manufacturing a hydroponics panel,
    Equipped with an arrangement process, a molding process, and a post-processing process,
    In the arranging step, the parison is arranged between the first and second molds with the first and second molds that can be opened and closed to each other in an open state,
    The first mold has a first rib,
    The second mold has a second rib,
    The first and second ribs are arranged to face each other,
    The diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the first rib is larger than the diameter of the outer edge of the tip surface of the second rib,
    In the molding step, the first and second molds are closed with the parison disposed between the first mold and the second mold, and the first and second ribs are brought into contact with each other to form the forming a welded portion by welding opposite inner surfaces of a parison to each other, and molding the parison into a panel shape to form a compact;
    The method according to claim 1, wherein the post-processing step removes the welded portion to form a hole.
  10.  請求項9に記載の製造方法であって、
     前記溶着部の除去は、第2リブの先端面が押し付けられた部位の外縁に沿って行われる、方法。
    The manufacturing method according to claim 9,
    The method according to claim 1, wherein the removal of the welded portion is performed along the outer edge of the portion against which the tip surface of the second rib is pressed.
  11.  請求項9又は請求項10に記載の方法であって、
     第1リブの先端面と第2リブの先端面の少なくとも一方には、環状の環状面が設けられ、
     前記環状面の内側には凹部が設けられている、方法。
    11. A method according to claim 9 or claim 10,
    At least one of the tip surface of the first rib and the tip surface of the second rib is provided with an annular annular surface,
    The method, wherein the inner side of the annular surface is provided with a recess.
  12.  請求項11に記載の方法であって、
     前記環状面は、第1リブの先端面と第2リブの先端面の両方に設けられており、
     第1リブの環状面の幅は、第2リブの環状面の幅よりも大きい、方法。
    12. The method of claim 11, wherein
    The annular surface is provided on both the tip surface of the first rib and the tip surface of the second rib,
    The method, wherein the width of the annular surface of the first rib is greater than the width of the annular surface of the second rib.
  13.  水耕栽培用パネルであって、
     前記パネルは、左側面と右側面を備え、
     前記左側面は、前記左側面の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部と、前記左側面の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部を備え、
     前記右側面は、前記右側面の下側が上側よりも突出した下側突出部と、前記右側面の上側が下側よりも突出した上側突出部を備え、
     前記左側面の前記下側突出部と前記右側面の前記上側突出部は、左右方向に対向する位置に設けられ、
     前記左側面の前記上側突出部と前記右側面の前記下側突出部は、前記左右方向に対向する位置に設けられる、パネル。
    A hydroponics panel,
    The panel has a left side and a right side,
    The left side surface includes a lower protruding part in which the lower side of the left side protrudes more than the upper side, and an upper protruding part in which the upper side of the left side protrudes more than the lower side,
    The right side surface includes a lower protruding part in which the lower side of the right side protrudes more than the upper side, and an upper protruding part in which the upper side of the right side protrudes more than the lower side,
    The lower protruding portion on the left side and the upper protruding portion on the right side are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction,
    The panel, wherein the upper protruding portion of the left side surface and the lower protruding portion of the right side surface are provided at positions opposed to each other in the left-right direction.
  14.  請求項13に記載のパネルであって、
     前記左側面は、一対の前記上側突出部を備え、前記左側面では、前記下側突出部は、一対の前記上側突出部の間に配置され、
     前記右側面は、一対の前記下側突出部を備え、前記右側面では、前記上側突出部は、一対の前記下側突出部の間に配置される、パネル。
    14. A panel according to claim 13, comprising:
    the left side surface includes a pair of the upper protrusions, and on the left side surface the lower protrusion is disposed between the pair of the upper protrusions;
    The panel, wherein the right side surface comprises a pair of the lower protrusions, and on the right side surface the upper protrusion is located between the pair of the lower protrusions.
  15.  請求項13に記載のパネルであって、
     前記左側面及び前記右側面は、それぞれ、凹部と凸部を有する凹凸部に厚さ方向に隣接した部位に、前記凸部と前記凹部にまたがる範囲において平坦な平坦部を備え、
     前記左側面の前記平坦部と前記右側面の前記平坦部は、前記左右方向に対向する位置に設けられる、パネル。
    14. A panel according to claim 13, comprising:
    The left side surface and the right side surface each include a flat portion that is flat in a range spanning the convex portion and the concave portion at a portion adjacent to the uneven portion having the concave portion and the convex portion in the thickness direction,
    The panel, wherein the flat portion on the left side and the flat portion on the right side are provided at positions facing each other in the left-right direction.
  16.  請求項13~請求項15の何れか1つに記載のパネルであって、
     前記パネルは、点対称形状ではない、パネル。
    The panel according to any one of claims 13 to 15,
    A panel, wherein the panel does not have a point-symmetrical shape.
  17.  請求項13~請求項15の何れか1つに記載のパネルであって、
     前記パネルは、点対称形状である、パネル。
    The panel according to any one of claims 13 to 15,
    The panel, wherein the panel has a point-symmetrical shape.
  18.  複数の水耕栽培用パネルが直列に並べられて構成される水耕栽培用パネルシステムであって、
     前記複数の水耕栽培用パネルは、互いに隣接する左パネル及び右パネルを備え、
     前記左パネル及び右パネルは、それぞれ、請求項13~請求項15の何れか1つに記載のパネルであり、
     前記左パネルの前記右側面の前記上側突出部が、前記右パネルの前記左側面の前記下側突出部の上側に配置されるように重なり、
     前記左パネルの前記右側面の前記下側突出部が、前記右パネルの前記左側面の前記上側突出部の下側に配置されるように重なる、パネルシステム。
    A hydroponic panel system configured by arranging a plurality of hydroponic panels in series,
    the plurality of hydroponic panels comprising a left panel and a right panel adjacent to each other;
    The left panel and the right panel are panels according to any one of claims 13 to 15, respectively;
    overlapping such that the upper protrusion of the right side surface of the left panel is positioned above the lower protrusion of the left side surface of the right panel;
    A panel system wherein the lower protrusion of the right side of the left panel overlaps such that it is positioned below the upper protrusion of the left side of the right panel.
  19.  液体が貯留される略凹状の本体部を備え、
     前記本体部は、内部が中空とされ、該内部の一部に流体が流れる流路を有する、
     ことを特徴とする水耕栽培用ベッド。
    Equipped with a substantially concave body portion in which liquid is stored,
    The main body has a hollow interior, and has a flow path through which a fluid flows in a part of the interior.
    A hydroponics bed characterized by:
  20.  前記本体部は、第1方向に連結される複数の連結ユニットにより設けられ、
     前記複数の連結ユニットの各々は、略矩形状の底板部、及び該底板部の端縁から立ち上がる側板部を有し、前記第1方向における少なくとも一方側が前記第1方向に開放されている、
     ことを特徴とする請求項19に記載の水耕栽培用ベッド。
    The main body is provided by a plurality of connection units connected in a first direction,
    Each of the plurality of connecting units has a substantially rectangular bottom plate portion and a side plate portion rising from an edge of the bottom plate portion, and at least one side in the first direction is open in the first direction.
    The bed for hydroponics according to claim 19, characterized by:
  21.  前記複数の連結ユニットの各々は、前記開放された側に嵌合部を有し、隣り合う2つの前記連結ユニットの前記嵌合部同士が嵌合されることにより連結される、
     ことを特徴とする請求項20に記載の水耕栽培用ベッド。
    Each of the plurality of connection units has a fitting portion on the open side, and is connected by fitting the fitting portions of two adjacent connection units together.
    The bed for hydroponics according to claim 20, characterized by:
  22.  前記流路は、前記端縁のうち前記第1方向と直交する第2方向の両側の端縁からそれぞれ立ち上がる前記側板部の立ち上がり先端部に設けられるとともに前記第1方向に沿って風を送る送風路を含み、
     前記送風路は、該送風路内を流れる風を前記底板部側に吹き出す吹出口を有する、
     ことを特徴とする請求項20又は21に記載の水耕栽培用ベッド。
    The flow passages are provided at the rising tip portions of the side plate portions respectively rising from the edges on both sides of the edges in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and blowing air along the first direction. including roads,
    The air passage has an outlet for blowing out the air flowing in the air passage to the bottom plate portion side,
    The bed for hydroponics according to claim 20 or 21, characterized by:
  23.  前記流路は、前記底板部の前記側板部が立ち上がる側とは反対側に設けられるとともに水を送る送水路を含み、
     前記送水路は、その両端部に該送水路内に水を導入する導入口を有する、
     ことを特徴とする請求項20~22のいずれか1項に記載の水耕栽培用ベッド。
    The flow path includes a water supply path that is provided on the opposite side of the bottom plate from the side on which the side plate rises and sends water,
    The water channel has inlets at both ends for introducing water into the water channel,
    The bed for hydroponics according to any one of claims 20 to 22, characterized in that:
PCT/JP2023/002197 2022-01-31 2023-01-25 Hydroponic panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed WO2023145759A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022013230A JP2023111392A (en) 2022-01-31 2022-01-31 Hydroponics panel and method for manufacturing hydroponics panel
JP2022-013230 2022-01-31
JP2022057798A JP2023149298A (en) 2022-03-31 2022-03-31 Hydroponic cultivation bed
JP2022-057798 2022-03-31
JP2022084090 2022-05-23
JP2022-084090 2022-05-23
JP2022-104457 2022-06-29
JP2022104457A JP2024004701A (en) 2022-06-29 2022-06-29 Hydroponic panel and method for manufacturing hydroponic panel
JP2022-191725 2022-11-30
JP2022191725A JP2023172852A (en) 2022-05-23 2022-11-30 Panel for hydroponics, and panel system for hydroponics

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023145759A1 true WO2023145759A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87471458

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/002197 WO2023145759A1 (en) 2022-01-31 2023-01-25 Hydroponic panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023145759A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5185945A (en) * 1974-12-30 1976-07-28 Esu Fuaansuwaasu Robaato
JPS55136252U (en) * 1979-03-22 1980-09-27
JPS6385065U (en) * 1986-11-21 1988-06-03
JPH023245U (en) * 1988-06-20 1990-01-10
JPH10271926A (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-13 Toto Kogyo Kk Planting board for nutrient solution-culture
JP2017525392A (en) * 2014-08-21 2017-09-07 サンクレスト ユーエスエイ インコーポレイテッド Deep water culture
JP2018000065A (en) * 2016-06-29 2018-01-11 東洋紡Stc株式会社 Hydroponic cultivation breeding board

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5185945A (en) * 1974-12-30 1976-07-28 Esu Fuaansuwaasu Robaato
JPS55136252U (en) * 1979-03-22 1980-09-27
JPS6385065U (en) * 1986-11-21 1988-06-03
JPH023245U (en) * 1988-06-20 1990-01-10
JPH10271926A (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-13 Toto Kogyo Kk Planting board for nutrient solution-culture
JP2017525392A (en) * 2014-08-21 2017-09-07 サンクレスト ユーエスエイ インコーポレイテッド Deep water culture
JP2018000065A (en) * 2016-06-29 2018-01-11 東洋紡Stc株式会社 Hydroponic cultivation breeding board

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102395642B1 (en) Ergonomic Menstrual Cup
TWI488599B (en) Novel device
US20180093400A1 (en) Oral Care Implement Having Multi-Component Handle
EP2512288B1 (en) Oral care implement having multi-component handle
JP2513621B2 (en) Manufacturing method for bristle products and apparatus for carrying out this manufacturing method
JPS62501141A (en) Heat sealing mold
WO2023145759A1 (en) Hydroponic panel, method for manufacturing hydroponic panel, hydroponic panel system, and hydroponic bed
KR20020079735A (en) Toothbrush
JP2004502481A (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing brush products and brush products
BR112012019731A2 (en) coextrusion method, coextrusion matrix and extruded articles made from it
US11819114B2 (en) Oral care implement
US20150337917A1 (en) Impact energy absorber
JP2007525294A (en) Injection molding method
EP0364049B1 (en) Plastic cheese mould with drainage slits formed during the manufacture of the upright wall by injection moulding
US6352313B1 (en) Brush tufting
KR20030023759A (en) Process for making a toothbrush
KR20040008096A (en) Applicator nozzle, a packaging and application unit for a cosmetic product incorporating such a nozzle, and mould and moulding process for an applicator nozzle
EP1684964B1 (en) Process for making toothbrushes
US11793300B2 (en) Oral care implement
JP2024004701A (en) Hydroponic panel and method for manufacturing hydroponic panel
CN219926958U (en) Internal air-cooling ultrasonic puncture welding head
EP0364048B1 (en) Plastic cheese mould with whey discharge recesses formed on the upright walls during injection moulding
WO2022181487A1 (en) Structural body manufacturing method and panel
US7157028B2 (en) Method of making ventilative insole
JP2002160233A (en) Molding mold for foamed resin molding

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23746970

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1